JV5-130S - Printer Mimaki - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Large-format inkjet printer
Brand	Mimaki
Model	JV5-130S
Print Technology	Piezoelectric inkjet
Max Resolution	1440 dpi
Max Print Width	1370 mm
Max Media Width	1370 mm
Ink Type	Solvent-based inks
Number of Print Heads	1 head with 8 channels
Interface	USB 2.0, Ethernet
RIP Software	RasterLink
Dimensions (W x D x H)	2500 mm x 700 mm x 1200 mm
Weight	200 kg
Power Supply	AC 100-240V, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption	Approx. 500 W
Operating Environment	Temperature 15-30°C, Humidity 35-80% RH
Maintenance	Automatic head cleaning and manual wiping
Safety Features	Emergency stop, cover interlocks
Spare Parts	Print heads, maintenance cartridges, wiper blades
Repairability	Modular design for easy part replacement

Frequently Asked Questions - JV5-130S Mimaki

What type of ink does the Mimaki JV5-130S use?

The JV5-130S uses solvent-based inks designed for outdoor durability.

What is the maximum print width of the JV5-130S?

The maximum print width is 1370 mm (54 inches).

How do I clean the print heads?

Use the printer's automatic head cleaning function from the control panel or software. For manual cleaning, use a lint-free cloth and cleaning solution.

What software is compatible with the JV5-130S?

Mimaki recommends RasterLink RIP software. Other third-party RIPs that support Mimaki printers may also work.

How do I load media into the printer?

Open the media clamps, slide the roll into the holders, adjust the edge guide, and close the clamps. Then feed the media under the pinch rollers and use the media load function.

What should I do if there is a paper jam?

Turn off the printer, gently remove any jammed paper, and check for debris. Reload the media and restart. If the issue persists, contact Mimaki support.

Can I print on different media types?

Yes, the JV5-130S supports various media including vinyl, banner, mesh, and paper within the specified width and thickness.

How do I replace the wiper blade?

Open the front cover, remove the old wiper blade from the holder, and insert a new one. Make sure it is securely seated before closing the cover.

What is the power requirement for the JV5-130S?

It requires AC 100-240V, 50/60Hz. Ensure the outlet is properly grounded.

How do I update the firmware?

Download the latest firmware from the Mimaki support website, save it to a USB drive, and insert it into the printer. Use the firmware update option in the menu.

USER MANUAL JV5-130S Mimaki

Line drawing of a traditional paper printer with control panel and mechanical components (no text or symbols)

MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO., LTD.

TKB Gotenyama Building, 5-9-41, Kitashinagawa, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0001, Japan

Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]

How to read this Operation Manual

The following documents are attached to JV5-130S/160S:

Operation Manual (this document)

"Operation Manual" explains how to operate JV5-130S/160S.

Request for daily care (separate volume)

“Request for daily care” explains how to perform daily maintenance of JV5-130S/160S.

CAUTION

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OF MIMAKI SHALL BE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS, AND MIMAKI NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES DEALER TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OR MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCT WITHOUT MIMAKI'S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL MIMAKI BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OF DEALER OR CUSTOMERS OF ANY PRODUCT.

Requests

■ This Operation manual has been carefully prepared for your easy understanding. However, please do not hesitate to contact a distributor in your district or our office if you have any inquiry.
■ Description contained in this Operation manual are subject to change without notice for improvement.
■ It is also necessary to keep this Operation manual on hand.
In the case where this Operation manual should be illegible due to destruction or lost by fire or breakage, purchase another copy of the Operation manual from our office.
■ Generally, names and designations referred to in this Operation manual are trade marks or registered trade marks of the manufacturers or suppliers.

■ Not for use in a computer room as defined in the Standard for Protection Of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment, ANSI/NFPA 75 National Division.

FCC Statement (USA)

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the Operation manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

In the case where MIMAKI-recommended cable is not used for connection of this device, limits provided by FCC rules can be exceeded. To prevent this, use of MIMAKI-recommended cable is essential for the connection of this plotter.

Interference to televisions and radios

The product described in this manual generates high frequency when operating.

The product can interfere with radios and televisions if set up or commissioned under improper conditions. The product is not guaranteed against any damage to specific-purpose radio and televisions.

The product's interference with your radio or television will be checked by turning on/off the power switch of the product.

In the event that the product is the cause of interference, try to eliminate it by taking one of the following corrective measures or taking some of them in combination.

■ Change the orientation of the antenna of the television set or radio to find a position without reception difficulty.
■ Separate the television set or radio from this product.
■ Plug the power cord of this product into an outlet which is isolated from power circuits connected to the television set or radio.

About media

Please follow the local regulations to dispose of roll sheets or other media.

Foreword

Congratulations on your purchase of MIMAKI color ink jet printer "JV5-130S/160S".

The JV5-130S/160S is a color ink-jet printer for high quality printing with solvent ink.

The printer is available with either of the two sets of color ink cartridges, namely, a four-color set of ink cartridges (cyan, magenta, yellow and black, 4 each), and a six-color set of ink cartridges (cyan, magenta, yellow and black, 2 each, and light cyan and light magenta, 4 each).

On This Operation manual

Read this Operation Manual carefully and make the most effective use of your printer.

Before starting to operate the printer, be sure to read this Operation manual carefully.

Structure of this Operation Manual

This manual consists of the following six chapters to describe the handling of the printer.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shows the contents of this manual.

CHAPTER 1 Safety Precautions

Describes the precautions to be taken for safe use of the printer.

CHAPTER 2 Basic Use of Printer

Describes the names of parts and how to use the operation panel.

CHAPTER 3 Print Output

Describes a series of operations and settings, ranging from power-on to end of printing.

CHAPTER 4 Daily Maintenance

Describes the recovery procedure from ink clogging and the cleaning procedure for the printer.

CHAPTER 5 In Case of Trouble

Describes the actions to be taken when the printer develops any trouble.

CHAPTER 6 Operating for Functions

Describes the operating procedure for major functions, showing sample messages on the display.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTION

FCC Statement (USA)......ii

Interference to televisions and radios .... ii

Foreword ....iii

On This Operation manual....iii

Structure of this Operation Manual ...... v

CHAPTER 1 Safety Precautions

Checking the accessories 1-2

Front exhaust unit Box 1-4

Features....1-6

Pictorial signs....1-9

Notes on Installation 1-10

Where to install the printer 1-10

Notes on Location 1-11

Moving the printer 1-12

Power Supply Connection....1-13

Printer specifications....1-13

Warning for Use....1-14

Precautions in Use....1-15

Types of media that can be used....1-17

Warning labels....1-18

Basic specifications....1-19

Specifications for ink 1-21

Notes on USB 2.0 Interface 1-22

CHAPTER 2 Basic Use of Printer

Names of Parts and Functions....2-2

Front....2-2

Rear 2-4

Front cover and Maintenance covers....2-6

Relationships between ink station and head row....2-7

Cartridge control 2-8

Carriage 2-10

Capping station....2-10

Cutter blade and cutting line 2-11

Media sensor 2-11

Pinch rollers and Feed rollers 2-12

Heater 2-13

Operation Panel 2-14

Display 2-15

How to read the display 2-15

How to read the LED indications....2-17

How to use the keys....2-18

Modes and Menu Screens 2-20

Modes 2-20

About Function Menus....2-21

Basic operation of a menu screen 2-21

Outline of menu hierarchy....2-24

Setting values in function menus 2-27

CHAPTER 3 Print Output

Operation flow 3-2

Turning the power on....3-3

Starting up the printer 3-4

Adjusting the head gap....3-5

How to check the head gap 3-6

Setting the media on the printer 3-7

Changing the angular position of the drying fan 3-8

Setting roll media on the printer 3-9

How to operate the take-up device 3-17

Setting cut sheet media on the printer 3-18

Selecting and checking printing conditions....3-20

How to select a user type....3-20

How to check the user type....3-21

Operating the heaters 3-22

Turning on the power to the heaters 3-22

Checking the preset temperature and setting a temperature during printing.....3-23

What is beading ? 3-24

Temperature adjustment....3-25

In case of heater trouble 3-26

Setting the reference value for dot misalignment correction ....3-27

Checking for nozzle clogging, and unclogging nozzles....3-29

Printing a test pattern (test printing)....3-29

If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning)....3-30

If nozzles cannot be unclogged [FILL UP INK] 3-32

Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP.] 3-34

If dots are not in alignment [DROP.POScorrect]....3-36

Effective Plotting Area 3-38

Establishing the Origin 3-39

Printing an image 3-40

Starting the printing operation....3-40

Interrupting the printing operation....3-42

Cutting the media after completion of printing 3-43

Automatic cleaning....3-44

Display of [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] 3-46

Indication of remaining amount of ink for each cartridge 3-46

Turning the power off....3-49

CHAPTER 4 Daily Maintenance

Routine Maintenance 4-2

Precautions in cleaning....4-2

Notes on cleaning solution....4-3

Cleaning exterior surfaces 4-3

Cleaning the platen 4-3

Cleaning the media sensor 4-4

Cleaning the media press 4-4

Opening a maintenance cover 4-5

Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT]....4-7

Cleaning the nozzle [NOZZLE WASH] 4-10

Cleaning the ink discharge passage [DISWAY WASH]....4-13

When the operation of the printer is to be suspended for a long time [CUSTODY WASH] 4-15

Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH] 4-19

PUMP tube cleaning....4-22

Wiper cleaning 4-24

Cleaning the heads and their surrounding parts 4-27

Cleaning the head media sensor 4-29

Preventing nozzle clogging while power is off [SLEEP SET UP]......4-30

Refreshing interval during sleep mode [REFERSH] 4-30

Tube cleaning interval during sleep mode [TUBE WASH]......4-31

Cleaning interval during sleep mode [CLEANING] 4-32

Setting periodical operations in stand-by mode [ROUTINE SETUP]......4-33

Preventing ink condensation on the nozzle face [ROUTINE WIPING] ..4-33

Periodical refresh interval [REFERSH] 4-35

Periodical tube cleaning interval [TUBE WASH]......4-36

Periodical cleaning interval [CLEANING]......4-37

Other maintenance functions....4-39

Changing the time for warning of wiper replacement [WIPER LEVEL]..4-39

When the waste ink tank is full 4-41

Replacing the wiper [WIPER EXCHANGE]....4-43

Replacing the cutter blade....4-45

CHAPTER 5 In Case of Trouble

Before taking a phenomenon as a failure 5-2

Power does not turn on....5-2

The printer cannot perform printing....5-2

Media jamming arises / media is soiled 5-3

[HEAT] or [CONSTANT] LED does not light up 5-3

If image quality is poor ....5-4

White lines / blur (sprayed ink) / dark stripes (in the direction of travel of the heads) . 5- 4

Characters are double- or triple-printed in the media feed direction......5-4

Disagreement in print positions between outward trip and homeward trip (jet deviation) ...5-5

There is staggered print or nozzle missing 5-5

Ink drops falling on media during printing (ink drops falling)....5-5

If nozzles are still clogged even after head cleaning 5-6

When nozzle clogging is not corrected [HEAD SELECT] 5-9

Ink cartridge trouble....5-11

Displaying the description of ink cartridge trouble ....5-11

If ERROR 202 [DEVICE CONSTRUCTION] is displayed....5-12

Troubles for which error messages are displayed....5-13

Checking error history [ERROR HISTORY]......5-13

Warning messages 5-14

Error messages....5-17

CHAPTER 6 Operation for Functions

Functions Invoked by [FUNCTION] Key 6-2

Invoking SET UP functions....6-3

Registering printing conditions in a lump (type registration) 6-3

List of functions 6-3

Outline of the setup functions 6-5

Invoking MAINTENANCE functions....6-12

List of functions....6-12

Setting a maintenance function....6-13

Make setting of the media remaining amount display function [MEDIA RESIDUAL] 6-14

Moving the printer safely [BeforeMovingIt.]....6-15

Invoking MACHINE SETUP functions....6-17

List of functions....6-17

Functions of [INFORMATION] key....6-17

Setting a MACHINE SETUP 6-18

Outline of the machine setup functions....6-19

Invoking NCU functions....6-25

List of functions....6-25

Setting a NCU functions....6-25

Outline of the NCU functions 6-26

DISPLAY setting 6-28

Applied settings of functions 6-29

Settings of heaters 6-29

Detailed settings of heaters 6-30

How to operate function menus....6-33

Functions related to the cutter....6-34

When the media is to be cut at a desired position 6-34

Functions related to print quality....6-35

Correcting media feed during printing [FEED COMPENSATION.] ......6-35

Functions related to ink....6-36

When ink sets (4-color and 6-color) are to be changed....6-36

Function Flowchart [BOOT]......6-38

Function Flowchart [LOCAL mode]....6-40

Function Flowchart [REMOTE mode]......6-44

Function Flowchart [FUNCTION Key]......6-46

CHAPTER 1

Safety Precautions

This chapter describes the precautions to be taken for safe use of JV5-130S/160S.

Checking the accessories 1-2

Features 1-6

Pictorial signs 1-9

Notes on Installation 1-10

Power Supply Connection 1-13

Warning for Use 1-14

Warning labels 1-18

Basic specifications 1-19

Checking the accessories

The articles illustrated below are supplied with your plotter as accessories.

Check them for correct quantities and appearance. If you find any problem, please contact your distributor.

	Name QTY Remarks
1	Software CD-ROM (for JV5) 1
2	Operation Manual (JV5 series) 1
3	Request for daily care 1
4	Protective glasses 1
5	Plug for power cable 1
6	Connecting duct 1
7	Screw 6		B4x12SMW (Black)4 pcs. (for waste ink tank bracket assembly)2 pcs. (for waste ink tray)
8	Screw 4 B4x10 (for wire management mount)
9	Wire management mount (used with cable tie)	4
10	Binding bands	4
11	Hose band	4
12	Phillips screwdriver	1
13	Adjustable end wrench 200 MM	1
14	Hexagonal wrench	1
15	Waste ink tank 4L	1
16	Accessories Box	1
17	Cleaning solution MS2/ES3/HS kit 100	1 SPC-0369
18	Waste ink tray	1
19	Waste ink tank bracket assembly	1
20	Duct hose	2
21	Duct	2
22	Solvent pre-fill up solution cartridge (200 cc)	8	SPC-0475

Front exhaust unit Box

Technical diagram of a multi-layered electrical enclosure with labeled components and structural details

	Name QTY Remarks
1	Roll screen 160 (130) 1
2	Open and close cover assembly 160 (130) 1
3	Dry fan assembly 160 (130) 1
4	Front exhaust unit Box 1

Features

The features of the printer are described below.

Understanding them together with the operating instructions given in this manual will help you use the machine properly.

A new generation of print heads arranged in 4 staggered rows realize high-resolution super-high-speed printing

Newly developed print heads each of which has 1,440 nozzles (180 nozzle x 8 rows) are employed and 1-inch heads are arranged in four rows staggered from each other, realizing 4-inch print head width. The HS ink and variable dot technology are employed to enable high-speed printing at 40 m2/hr in high-resolution practical mode (540 x 1080 dpi).

ES3 ink, which is human-friendly and ecologically designed, and HS ink, which is best suited for print for outdoor use, are available

ES3 ink, which requires no special deodorizing equipment, does not emit irritating smell that could generally be emitted from solvent, so that it can be used without annoying any designer or operator who even dislikes the smell of ink. It is a worker-friendly and ecologically designed ink.

HS ink, which is best suited for print for outdoor use, realizes excellent abrasion resistance and high density. This ink requires local exhaust ventilation, but does not require any special handling or license, say, any of the handling and license which are specified in Japan's Ordinance on Prevention of Organic Solvents Poisoning.

The double cartridge automatic switching function and the high-capacity ink cartridges of 1760 cc for one color release the user from worrying about running out of ink during printing

The function for automatic switching between two ink cartridges integrated as one unit and the ink cartridge capacity of a maximum of 1760 cc for one color (440 cc x 4) permit the operator to perform continuous printing for an extended period of time without worrying about running out of ink.

Indication of the INK Remains

Since the amount of ink that remains can be checked even during operation of the printer, you can use the ink and media without waste.

The large-sized after-heater permits high-speed printing

In addition to the preheater and print heater realizing reliable high-quality printing onto non-coat media, the large-sized after-heater is newly employed so that the drying of the printed media is achieved quickly, thus enables its winding.

Standby mode and automatic off intelligent function are available.

The printer detects the ambient temperature and controls the heaters to set their temperature best suited to the media used.

Easy maintenance

The automatic capping system for the heads eliminates the need of head cleaning before turning off the power.

Nozzles can be unclogged by performing the cleaning function.

If the printer is not in use for a prolonged period of time, it automatically performs nozzle clogging preventive operation at fixed intervals. However, the main power must be left turned on.

The printer counts the time when not in use. When the power is turned on or when printing is started, the printer automatically performs head cleaning to prevent nozzle clogging.

Easy-to-see display

The LCD panel displays the printer setting menu on two screens, so that the display is easier to see. Since the LCD panel is provided with a backlight, the display can be clearly seen even in a dark place. The LCD panel is available in seven different languages, including English and Spanish.

Convenient direct keys

Use of the direct keys permits quick access to the respective various built-in functions.

Printing information can be checked

The print length can be displayed on the LCD panel during printing and the information of printing conditions can be checked by printing it.

High-speed interface

The “USB 2.0” interface allows for high-speed data reception from the computer.

Take-up Device permits printing over a long length

Even a long sheet of media can be used, since the take-up device interlocked with the printer winds up the printed part of the sheet during printing.

A media support bar newly provided

The printer is provided with a media support bar at the back. It is useful when a heavy roll of media, such as Tarpaulin, is set on the printer.

The media feed control function ensures a constant feed rate media transport, thus realizing reliable high picture quality

The printer is provided with a media encoder that permits transporting the media at a preset constant feed rate irrespective of the roll weight, thus realizing reliable high-quality printing.

Lifting of the media at its both ends is prevented

The use of the curl stopper prevents the wide sheet of media from lifting at its both ends and coming in contact with the head unit.

The nozzle missing automatic detection function reduces waste of media and ink that could be caused by faulty printing

The printer automatically checks the printing result for nozzle missing after cleaning and during printing. And if necessary, it requires another cleaning or interruption of printing to prevent a waste of media and ink.

Optimum printing is realized thanks to the media thickness automatic detection function and automatic head height adjustment mechanism

The printer automatically detects the thickness of the sheet of media, and automatically adjusts the head height to ensure the specified head gap. For different thicknesses of media to be used, printing is performed with a constant head gap, and thus optimum printing is always realized.

Pictorial signs

Pictorial signs are used in this Operation Manual for safe operation and for prevention of damage to the printer. Pictorial signs and their meanings are given below. Read and fully understand before reading the text.

Icon Meaning
	Failure to observe the instructions given with this symbol will pose an imminent danger of death or serious injury to personnel. Be sure to read and observe the instructions for proper operation.
	Failure to observe the instructions given with this symbol can result in death or serious injuries to personnel. Be sure to read and observe the instructions for proper operation.
	Failure to observe the instructions given with this symbol can result in injuries to personnel or damage to property.
	This symbol indicates that it is important to know of the information on proper operation of the printer.
	This symbol indicates that the information is helpful in proper operation of the printer.
(See 1-8)	Indicates the reference page for related contents.
	The symbol “ ” indicates that the instructions must be observed as strictly as the CAUTION instructions (including DANGER and WARNING instructions). A sign representing a precaution (the sign shown at left warns of hazardous voltage) is shown in the triangle.
	The symbol “ ” indicates that the action shown is prohibited. A sign representing a prohibited action (the sign shown at left prohibits disassembly) is shown in or around the circle.
	The symbol “ ” indicates that the action shown must be taken without fail or the instructions must be observed without fail. A sign representing a particular instruction (the sign shown at left instructs to unplug the cable from the wall outlet) is shown in the circle.

Notes on Installation

Where to install the printer

Secure a suitable installation space before assembling the printer.

The place of installation must have enough space for not only the printer itself but also for printing operation.

1000 mm1000 mm 500 mm500 mm 2900 mm (3050 mm) IV5-130S : 3860 mm

Working environmental temperature

Use this equipment in an environment of 20-35 °C to ensure reliable printing.

Depending on the ambient temperature, the heater temperature may not rise to the set value.

Notes on Location

Do not locate the printer in any of the places listed below.

A place exposed to direct sunlight	A place where temperature or humidity varies significantly	A place exposed to direct air flow from an air conditioner or the like.
	■ Use the printer under the following environmental conditions:▪ Operating environment: 68 to 95°F (20 to 35°C) 35 to 65% (Rh)
On an inclined surface	A place that vibrates	Around a place where flame is used

Locking the casters and fixing the printer with leveling feet

Each of the casters on the stand is provided with a stopper and leveling foot. Before turning the power ON, make sure that the casters are locked and the printer body is fixed with the leveling feet. The printer body may start moving during operation if it is not fixed with the leveling feet.

Fix the printer body with the leveling feet Lock position

Moving the printer

When the printer is to be moved by necessity, moving it is permitted only on the same floor where there is no steps. To move it, however, be sure to observe the following instructions:

■ Before moving the printer, unlock the casters.
■ When moving the printer, take care not to give a significant impact on it.
■ After moving the printer, be sure to lock the casters again.

■ When the printer is to be moved to any place other than on the same step-free floor, contact your distributor or a sales office of MIMAKI. If you move it by yourself, failure or damage may occur. Be sure to request your distributor or a sales office of MIMAKI to move the printer.

Method of moving the printer

When moving the printer, it must be held up by at least two people as illustrated below. The cover of the printer may break if it is pressed hard.

Line drawing of two people operating a large cylindrical device (no text or symbols present)

Power Supply Connection

Printer specifications

Single-phase 200 to 240 Vac 15 A or less (cannot be used with 100 V system)

• You are not allowed to install the printer by yourself. Be sure to request MIMAKI's service personnel and an electrician to install the printer.
  ■For the power supply to the main body of the printer, electrical work is required as described below. Request an electrician to perform electrical work.
  ■Ensure that a wall outlet is available near the printer. Also ensure that the power cable can be easily unplugged whenever necessary.
  ■To prevent electrical shock hazard, it is prohibited for anyone other than electrician licensees to perform the electrical work for this printer.
  ■ Take care to avoid miswiring, which can result in a fire or an electric shock.

■ Use one of the following cable models or the equivalent:
• VCT-2mm² x3 cores (600 V)
• UL-AWG14x3C (600 V)

For power supply connection, this printer uses the Type B plug and socket in compliance with IEC 60309. When a socket construction meeting the plug of the power cable of this printer is required, use the supplied socket and perform construction between your switchboard or wall outlet and the socket.

Rear of the printer body Socket construction

Switchboard or wall outlet AC200V~240V 15A Cable: UL AWG14 or the equivalent Supplied socket Neutral Line Ground 55mm 10mm Neutral Line Ground 10mm 45mm Socket construction

Warning for Use

WARNING

Be sure to install a ventilator, if necessary, to ensure good ventilation in the room where the printer is to be operated.

Be sure to use the printer with the power supply meeting the specifications. The power supply voltage of this printer is single phase 200-240 Vac, 15 A or less. (It cannot be used with 100 V system)

Take care not to damage, break or work upon the power cable. If a heavy material is placed on the power cable, or if it is heated or pulled, the power cable can break, thus resulting in fire or electric shocks.

The ink used for this printer contains organic solvent. Since the ink is flammable, never use flame in or around the place where the printer is used.

Avoid locating the printer in a damp environment. Do not splash water onto the machine. Use in such an environment can give rise to fire, electric shocks or breakdown of the machine.

Use of the printer under an abnormal condition where it produces smoke or strange smell can result in fire or electric shocks. If such an abnormality is found, be sure to turn off the power switch immediately and unplug the cable from the wall outlet. Check first that the machine no longer produces smoke, and then contact your distributor or a sales office of MIMAKI for repair.

Never repair your printer by yourself since it is very dangerous for you to do so.

Never disassemble or remodel the main unit of the printer or the ink cartridge. Disassembly or remodeling can result in an electric shock or breakdown of the machine.

Take care that no dust or dirt sticks to platen heaters. Dust and dirt sticking heaters can cause fire.

Precautions in Use

	[3025]	[KY3T]
Power supply
■Leave the breaker turned ON.■Do not turn OFF the main power switch on the rear face.
Heater
■Do not spill liquid on the platen as this may cause failure of the heater or firing.■Do not touch platen heaters with bare hand while it is hot; otherwise, you can get burned.■When the printer is to be moved, wait until the heater temperature drops adequately.As a criterion, wait at least 30 minutes after you turn off the power to the heater.Moving the printer must be limited to on the same floor where there is no steps. When the printer is to be moved to any place other than on the same step-free floor, contact your distributor or a sales office of MIMAKI.
Handling of ink
■The ink contains organic solvent. If ink settles on the skin or clothes, immediately wash it off with detergent or water.If you get ink in your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with a lot of clean water for at least 15 minutes. In doing so, also wash the backside of cyclids to rinse ink away completely. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.■If anyone drinks ink by mistake, keep him or her quiet and see a doctor immediately. Do not allow him or her drink vomit. After that, contact the Poison Control Center.■If you inhale a lot of vapor and feel bad, immediately move to a location where fresh air is present and then keep yourself warm and quiet. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.
Note on maintenance
■When cleaning the ink station or heads, be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.
Laser sensor
■The printer incorporates a laser sensor. The laser sensor is equivalent to the laser product of IEC CLASS 1. Do not look at the laser beam through an observation optical system such as lens, since looking at a laser beam can cause a pain in your eye or impair eyesight.

CAUTIONS and NOTES

CAUTIONS and NOTES

Handling of ink cartridges

■ Use the JV5 genuine ink. Remember that the user shall be charged for a repair to correct any damage resulting from the use of ink other than the exclusive type.■ The printer does not operate with any ink other than the JV5 genuine ink.■ Do not use the JV5 genuine ink with other printers, as doing so may cause damage to such printers.■ Never refill the ink cartridge with ink. Refilling the ink cartridge can cause a trouble. Remember that MIMAKI assumes no responsibility for any damage caused by the use of the ink cartridge replenished with ink.■ If the ink cartridge is moved from a cold place to a warm place, leave it in the room temperature for three hours or more before using it.■ Open the ink cartridge just before installing it in the printer. If it is opened and left for an extended period of time, normal printing performance of the printer may not be ensured.■ Make sure to store ink cartridges in a cold and dark place.■ Store ink cartridges and waste ink tank in a place that is out of the reach of children.■ Be sure to thoroughly consume the ink in the ink cartridge, once it is opened, within three months. If an extended period of time has passed away after opening the cartridge tank, printing quality would be poor.■ Neither pound the ink cartridge nor shake it violently, as doing so can cause leakage of ink.■ Do not touch or stain the contacts of the ink cartridge, as doing so may cause damage to the print circuit board.■ Waste ink is equivalent to waste oil of industrial waste. Request an industrial waste disposal company for disposal of waste ink.

Front cover and lever

■ Never open the front cover or raise the lever during printing. Opening the cover or raising the lever will abort printing.

Handling of media

■ Use media recommended by MIMAKI to ensure reliable, high-quality printing.■ Set the heater temperature to meet the characteristics of the media.Set the temperature of the preheater, print heater and after-heater according to the type and characteristics of the media used. Automatic temperature setting can be made on the operation panel by setting the profile on the dedicated RIP. For setting on the RIP, refer to the instruction manual for your RIP.■ Pay attention to the expansion and contraction of the media.Do not use media immediately after unpacking. The media can be affected by the room temperature and humidity, and thus it may expand and contract.The media have to be left in the atmosphere in which they are to be used for 30 minutes or more after unpacked.■ Do not use curled media.The use of curled media can not only cause a media jam but also affect print quality.Straighten the sheet of media, if significantly curled, before using it for printing.If a regular-sized coated sheet of media is rolled and stored, the coated side has to face outside.

Protection of media from dust

■ Store media in a bag. Wiping off dust accumulated on media will adversely affect the media due to static electricity.■ When leaving the workshop after the working hours, do not leave any media on the roll hanger. If any media is left on the roll hanger, it can get dusty.

Notes on maintenance

■ It is strongly recommended to use the printer in a room that is not dusty. Set the Refresh level 2 or 3 when the printer is to be used in an unfavorable environment. (Refer to “REFRESH (p.6-10)” )■ Keep the front cover closed even when the printer is not printing. If not, dust can accumulate on the nozzles in the heads.■ Dust in the heads can also cause drops of ink to fall suddenly down on the media during printing. In such a case, be sure to clean up the heads. (Refer to “Automatic cleaning (p.3-44)” )■ When cleaning the ink station or heads, be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.■ Perform wiping (removal of dust and paper powder) of the capping station and wiper frequently.

Regularly replaced parts

■ Some parts of this printer must be replaced with a new one periodically by service personnel.Be sure to make a contract with your distributor or dealer for after-sale service to ensure a long life of your printer.

Types of media that can be used

The types of media that can be used with the printer are roll media and cut sheet media. The types and sizes of media that can be used with the printer are explained below.

Recommended types of media

Tarpaulin

FF (Flexible Face)

Weatherproof PVC

Sizes of media that can be used

		JV5-130S JV5-160S
Roll media	Maximum width 1375 mm	(54.13 inch) 1630 mm (64.17 inch)
	Minimum width 297 mm	297 mm
	Maximum printing width	1365 mm 1620 mm
	Thickness 1.0 mm or less	1.0 mm or less
	Roll weight *1	38 kg or less	38 kg or less
	Roll outside diameter	200 mm or less
	Roll inside diameter	3 or 2 inches
	Side printed	Side facing outward
	Roll end treatment	The roll end is gently fixed to the core with weak-adhesive tape or weak glue for easy removal.
Cut sheet media	Maximum width 1375 mm	(54.13 inch) 1630 mm (64.17 inch)
	Minimum width 297 mm	297 mm
	Maximum printing width	1365 mm 1620 mm

*1 Without deflection of the roll when it is retained at both ends.

Warning labels

Warning labels are stuck on the printer body. Be sure to fully understand the warning given on the labels. If a warning label is illegible due to stains or has come off, purchase a new one from your local distributor or our office.

Locations of labels

Front

(Reorder: No.903239)

1

(Reorder: No.903405)

2

(Reorder: No.903330)

3

Two blue circular icons: a person wearing glasses and a hand gesture, both on dark background (no text or symbols)

(Reorder: No.901549)

4

Technical diagram of a printer or printer with numbered components labeled 1, 5, and 6

(Reorder: No.903239)

1

(Reorder: No.903968)

5

(Reorder: No.904130)

6

This product complies with 21 CFR chapter I and subchapter J.

Basic specifications

Item JV5-130S JV5-160S
Print head Method Drop-on-demand piezoelectric print heads
	Specification 4-heads Staggerials
Drawing mode (scan x feed) 720 x 540dpi
		540or720 x 720dpi
		540 x 900dpi
		540or720 x 1080dpi
		720 x 1440dpi
		1440 x 1440dpi
Usable inks Exclusive solvent ink:
		Either ES3 ink or IIS ink
Ink supply		Automatic switching between two ink cartridges integrated as one unit
Capacity of ink cartridge	4-color set installed:	Four 440-cc cartridges for each color, that is, 1760 cc for each color
	6-color set of cartridges:	Two 440-cc cartridges for each color, that is, 880 cc for each color (However, four 440-cc cartridges for each of magenta and cyan, that is, 1760 cc for each of them)
Media type Tarpaulin, FF, PVC
Max. printing width		1365 mm	1620 mm
Roll Media size	Maximum	1375 mm (54.13 inch)	1630 mm (64.17 inch)
	Minimum	297 mm	297 mm
	Thickness 1.0 mm or less	1.0 mm or less
	Roll outside diameter	200 mm or less	200 mm or less
	Roll weight *1	38 kg or less	38 kg or less
	Roll inside diameter	3 or 2 inches
	Plotting surface	Side facing outward
	Roll end treatment	The roll end is gently fixed to the core with weak-adhesive tape or weak glue for easy removal.
Leaf media size	Maximum	1375 mm (54.13 inch)	1630 mm (64.17 inch)
	Minimum	297 mm	297 mm
Margin	Leaf media	Left end and right end : 15 mm (Default)Front : 150 mmRear : 200 mm
	Roll media	Left end and right end : 15 mm (Default)Front : 150 mmRear : 0 mm
Distance accuracy	Absolute accuracy	Whichever the larger one of ± 0.3 mm or ± 0.3 % of the designated
	Reoroducibility	Whichever the larger one of ± 0.2 mm or ± 0.1 % of the designated
Perpendicularity		± 0.5 mm / 1000 mm
Media skew		5 mm or less / 10 m variable
Head height adjustment		Can be set by user steplessly in the range of 1.5 mm to 7 mm (media thickness is automatically recognized)
Cutting of media		Cutting of Y direction by the head cutter,Cutting accuracy (steps) : 0.5 mm or less.
Media delivery		Take-up device supplied as a standard accessory (switching possible between winding with print side inside and winding with print side outside), which can be used only with a 3-inch core
Waste ink tank		Bottle type (4,000 cc)FULL state is detected with sensor
Interface		USB 2.0
Command		MRL-III
Noise	during standby	Less than 58 dB (FAST-A, Front & Rear & Left & Right 1 m)
	during continuous printing	Less than 65 dB
	during discontinuous printing	Less than 70 dB
Nozzle check unit		Laser beam type (CLASS 1 or below)
Safety Standard		VCCI-Class A, FCC-Class A, UL 60950, CE Marking (EMC, ), CB Report, RoHIS, CLASS 1 Laser
Power		AC 200 - 240 V ± 10%, 50/60 Hz ± 1 Hz 15A or less
Power consumption *2		3600 VA or less
Recommended Environment	Available temp.	20 °C to 35 °C
	Humidity	35 to 65 % Rh (No condensation)
	Guaranteed temp.	20 °C to 25 °C
	Temperature change ± 10 °C / h or less
	Dust	Equivalent to normal office level
Weight	Main unit	292 kg (324 kg *3)	298 kg (333 kg *3)
Outside dimensions	Width	2860 mm	3120 mm
	Depth 900 mm (1050 mm *3)	900 mm (1050 mm *3)
	Height 1551 mm 1551 mm

Basic specifications

Basic specifications

*1 Without deflection of the roll when it is retained at both ends.
*2 Main unit and heater
*3 Without front exhaust unit

Specifications for ink

Item Specifications
Supply Dedicated solvent ink cartridges
Color Black ink cartridge		Cyan ink cartridgeMagenta ink cartridgeYellow ink cartridgeLight cyan ink cartridgeLight magenta ink cartridge
Ink capacity 220 cc / 440 cc per cartridge
Shelf life		HS Ink : 14 months from the data of manufacture (at room temperature)ES3 Ink : Two year from the data of manufacture (at room temperature)Within three months after opening the package
Storage temperature	Storage 1 to 40°C	(Storage at temperature of 40°C is permitted within a month.)
	Transportation 1 to 60°C(Storage at temperature of 60°C is only permitted within 120 hours, and at temperature of 40°C is permitted within a month.)

■The ink may freeze when it is left for a long time in a cold environment. Should it freeze, leave the ink cartridge at room temperature (at 25^ C) for three hours or more to allow the ink to melt.
■ Do not disassemble ink cartridges or refill them with ink.

Notes on USB 2.0 Interface

■ Your RIP must be compatible with USB 2.0.

When two or more JV5 printers are connected to one personal computer

When two or more JV5 printers are connected to one personal computer, the personal computer may not recognize all the JV5 printers normally.

Reconnect the unrecognized JV5 printer to another USB port, if available, and check to see if it is recognized. If the JV5 printer is not recognized even through the newly connected USB port, use USB 2.0 repeater cables available on the market.

USB 2.0 repeater cables

Notes on peripheral devices in USB high speed mode

When a peripheral device (USB memory or USB HDD) to be operated in USB high speed mode is connected to the same personal computer that a JV5 printer is connected to, the USB device may not be recognized.

When a JV5 printer is connected to the personal computer to which an externally installed USB hard disk drive is connected, the data output speed to the JV5 printer may drop. That can cause the head unit to stop temporarily at the right or left end during printing.

Removing USB memory

If a USB memory module is inserted in the personal computer to which a JV5 printer is connected, click "Stop" in the "Safely Remove Hardware" window by following the instructions given there first and then remove the module. Leaving a USB memory module inserted can cause [ERROR 10 COMMAND ERROR].

Copy the data onto the hard disk before outputting it for printing.

Safely Remove Hardware Select the device you want to unpling or reject and then click Stop. When Windows notifies you that it is safe to do so unpling the device from your computer. Hardware devices USB Mass Storage Device Properties Stop Stop a Hardware device Continue devices to be stopped. Choose OK to continue. Windows will attempt to stop the following devices. After the devices are stopped they may be removed safely. USB Mass Storage Device Generic volume - (1) Generic STORAGE DEVICE USB Device Generic volume - (11) Generic STORAGE DEVICE USB Device Generic volume - (3) Generic STORAGE DEVICE USB Device OK Cancel

Notes on data output from USB memory

When spool data stored on USB memory is to be output for printing, the data is transferred to the JV5 printer at a low speed. That can cause the head unit to stop temporarily at the right or left end during printing.

CHAPTER 2

Basic Use of Printer

This chapter describes the names of parts and how to use the operation panel.

Names of Parts and Functions 2-2

Operation Panel 2-14

Modes and Menu Screens 2-20

About Function Menus 2-21

Names of Parts and Functions

Front

Technical diagram of a printer with numbered parts for identification and assembly reference.

	Name Function
1	Ink station Set the specified ink cartridges in the ink station.
2	Ink cartridges	Each cartridge contains an ink of a particular color.
3	Cartridge LEDs The LEDs (green and red) in each slot indicate the cartridge status.
4	Maintenance cover L	Open the maintenance cover L and/or maintenance cover R when doing so is required for maintenance. Even when the power switch is off, keep all covers closed.
5	Platen	The printed media is sent out, sliding on the platen. Three heaters are installed inside the platen.
6	After-heater Dries the ink on the printed media.
7	Print heater	Fixes and dries the ink on the currently produced print. (Located inside the platen)
8	Front exhauster	This unit consists of the drying fan to accelerate drying the ink during printing and the exhaust fan to blow out the odor of ink.
9	Clamp lever (front) Moves the pinch rollers up and down to hold or release the media.
10	Take-up device	Automatically winds up the roll media printed.
11	Front cover	Open this cover when media is to be set or the jammed media is to be removed. Even when the power switch is off, keep this cover and the other covers closed.
12	Carriage Moves the print head unit from side to side.
13	Operation panel	This panel has the operation keys required for operating the printer and the LCDs for displaying setting items, etc.It is also provided with the power switch for the heaters and the LEDs for indicating the heater status.
14	Power switch	Turns on/off the power to the printer.While the main power switch is on, the operation to prevent ink clogging is performed periodically even when the power switch is off. (Flushing function)
15	Maintenance cover R	Open the maintenance cover R and/or maintenance cover L when doing so is required for maintenance. Even when the power switch is off, keep all covers closed.
16	Capping station	Incorporates the ink caps, with which the heads are covered, and the wiper, etc.
17	USB 2.0 connector USB 2.0 interface.
18	Stand	Supports the main body of the printer. It is provided with casters that are used to move the printer.
19	Waste ink tank	Waste ink gathers in this tank.

Rear

Technical diagram of a printer with numbered parts labeled 1 through 7

	Name Function
1	Ink cartridge for cleaning Use this ink cartridge when performing maintenance.
2	Clamp lever (rear)	Interlocked with the clamp lever in the font of the printer.
3	Media support bar This bar facilitates setting a roll media in position.
4	Pre-heater	Preheats the media before printing. (Located inside the platen)
5	Roll holders	Roll holders are inserted into the right and left ends of the core of the roll media to hold the media. The roll holders can be used for media cores that have a diameter of 2 inches or 3 inches.
6	Main power switch	Turns on/off the main power for the printer. Leave the main power turned on to prevent ink clogging.
7	AC inlet Connect the power cable to the AC inlet.

Front cover and Maintenance covers

Opening/closing the front cover and maintenance covers

■ Do not open any of the front cover and maintenance covers during printing operation.

Opening any cover during printing interrupts image printing, which can not be resumed from the interrupted point.

If you open any of the front cover and maintenance covers during printing, the carriage will stop for safety, resulting in abortion of printing. In this case, restart the printer and computer by the procedure described below:

STEPS:

1 Once any of the front cover and maintenance covers is opened during printing, the printer displays the following message and stops printing.

Close a cover.

2 Stop the data transmission from the computer.

Close the cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with a circular arrow indicating rotation or movement (no text or symbols present)

3 Press the [ENTER] key once.

( Cover Open ) PRESS KEY

4 The carriage will start moving.

The printer performs the same initial operation as is performed when the power is turned on.

*Being Initialized* NOT POW-OFF !! PLEASE WAIT

Relationships between ink station and head row

The carriage mounts four heads each with eight rows of nozzles.

One color ink is applied to each row of nozzles.

Remember these relationships when checking the heads for clogged nozzles, replacing ink cartridge and replenishing inks.

And cartridges of ink station are different from the selection of ink set (4 color ink set, 6 color ink set) when the full up ink is performed.

K Black

M Magenta

C Cyan

Y Yellow

Lc Light Cyan

Lm Light Magenta

graph TD
    A["4 color ink set"] --> B["M"]
    A --> C["M"]
    A --> D["C"]
    A --> E["C"]
    A --> F["Y"]
    A --> G["Y"]
    A --> H["Y"]
    A --> I["K"]
    A --> J["K"]
    A --> K["K"]
    A --> L["Y"]
    A --> M["Y"]
    A --> N["C"]
    A --> O["C"]
    A --> P["C"]
    A --> Q["M"]
    A --> R["M"]
    A --> S["M"]
    A --> T["Lm"]
    A --> U["Lm"]
    V["6 color ink set"] --> W["M"]
    V --> X["M"]
    V --> Y["C"]
    V --> Z["C"]
    V --> AA["Lc"]
    V --> AB["Lc"]
    V --> AC["K"]
    V --> AD["K"]
    V --> AE["Y"]
    V --> AF["Y"]
    V --> AG["C"]
    V --> AH["C"]
    V --> AI["M"]
    V --> AJ["M"]
    V --> AK["Lm"]
    V --> AL["Lm"]
    M["HEAD"] --> N
    M --> O
    M --> P
    M --> Q
    M --> R
    M --> S
    M --> T
    M --> U
    M --> V
    style M fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Q fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style R fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style T fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style U fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style V fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style W fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style X fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Y fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Z fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AA fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AB fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AC fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AD fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AE fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AF fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AG fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AH fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AI fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AJ fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style AK fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

4 color ink set	Four ink cartridges for each color.
6 color ink set	Two ink cartridge for each of K, Y, Lc and Lm and four ink cartridges for each of M and C.

Cartridge control

The printer uses two ink cartridges for each supply system (each nozzle row), i.e., 16 cartridges in total. For each supply system, always only one cartridge of the two works as the supply cartridge. Switching is made between the two cartridges so that the two cartridge locations are selected alternately for the supply cartridge.

Cartridge LED

Cartridge LEDs

The LEDs (green and red) in each slot indicate the cartridge status.

Green LED lit	Indicates that the cartridge is currently serving as a supply cartridge.
Red LED flashing	Indicates that the cartridge is in the [INK END], [INK NEAR END], [Expiration:1MONTH] or [Expiration] state.
Red LED lit	Indicates that the cartridge is in the ink IC warning status or it is a remaining amount zero cartridge or no cartridge has been set.

Cartridges that cannot be used

Ink IC warning	Error related to ink cartridges, namely, [NON-ORIGINAL INK], [WRONG INK IC], [Kind of INK], [Color of INK], [WRONG CARTRIDGE] or [Expiration:2MONTH]
Remaining amount zero cartridge	Cartridge in which there is no ink remaning as a result of execution of the ink use-up cleaning function (this function, when performing cleaning, uses first the cartridge that is in the [INK NEAR END], [INK END] status)

Conditions for cartridge switching

The supply cartridge is switched at the detection of any of the following conditions:

[INK END] during printing

[INK NEAR END] during ink charging

Ink IC warning

The cartridge has been removed

Ink use-up cleaning

Relationship between warning and operation

When switching in one supply system is impossible, the LCD panel displays the warning concerning the current supply cartridge.

Local/remote idle warning display(status of the supply system)		Guidance function warning detailed display(status of the cartridge)	Cleaning Ink charging Printing
NEAR END INK NEAR END		X X *1
INK END !CAR		INK END	X	X	X
		NO CARTRIDGE
		NON-ORIGINAL INK
		WRONG INK IC
		Kind of INK
		Color of INK
		WRONG CARTRIDGE
		Expiration:2MONTH
		INK REMAIN ZERO X X X
Expiration:(1M)		Expiration:1MONTH O	O	O
Expiration		Expiration O O O

X : Not permitted

O : Permitted

*1 The printer returns to LOCAL mode every completion of printing.

Carriage

The carriage is provided with the ink heads for printing, the cutter unit for cutting off the sheet of media, etc.

Cutter unit

Capping station

The capping station consists of the ink caps, the wiper for cleaning the heads, etc.

The ink caps prevent the nozzles in the ink heads from drying up.

The wiper cleans the nozzles in the heads.

The wiper is consumable. If the wiper is deformed or the media is stained, replace the wiper with a new one.

■When cleaning the inside of the capping station, be sure to wear the supplied goggle to protect your eyes from ink and also wear gloves.

Ink cap Wiper

Cutter blade and cutting line

The carriage is provided with a cutter unit for cutting off the media that has been printed on. The cutter cuts off the sheet of media along the cutting line on the platen. (Refer to “Cutting the media after completion of printing (p.3-43)”), (Refer to “AUTO CUT (p.6-9)”)

Cutter blade Cutting line

Media sensor

The media sensor detects the presence of the media and the media length. This printer has a media sensor on the platen (in the rear).

Important!

■ Set the media so that the media sensor located in the rear of the platen is covered with the media without fail. The media can not be detected unless it is placed over the sensor.

Media sensor Platen

Pinch rollers and Feed rollers

This printer retains the media with the pinch rollers and feed rollers. During printing operation, the feed rollers feed the media forward.

■While the printer is not being used, raise the clamp lever to keep the pinch rollers in the raised position.

If the pinch rollers are left lowered for an extended period of time, they can be deformed and fail to securely retain the media.

Keep the pinch rollers raised when not in use Pinch roller Feed roller

Clamp lever

Heater

The platen incorporates the pre-heater, print heater and after-heater.

The pre-heater preheats the media before printing to prevent abrupt temperature change at start of printing.

The print heater supports the high print quality and the after-heater dries the ink on the print.

LEDs indicate the turning ON/OFF and status of the respective heaters. Turning off the power switch of the printer body turns off also the power to the heaters.

■While the heater is on, the platen is very hot. When the front cover is to be opened or media is to be replaced, lower the heater temperatures and wait until the platen temperature drops; otherwise, you can get burned.

■ When the media is to be replaced with a thin one, lower the heater temperatures and wait until the platen temperature drops adequately. Setting a thin sheet of media while the platen is hot may cause the media to stick to the platen or cause wrinkling or curling of the media.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with heat exchanger and cooling fins (no text or symbols)

Pre-heater Print heater After-heater Media Front

Operation Panel

Use the operation panel to make settings for printing or operate the printer.

The operation panel is equipped with one lamps (a) to indicate the status of the printer, two displays (b), eight keys (c) to be used for various operations, seven direct keys (d) to facilitate invoking various functions, and two keys and seven lamps (e) to control the three heater.

(a) BUSY Mimaki TEST DRAW DATA CLEAR CLEANING USER TYPE ST.MAINT INFORMATION FEED COMP. (d) (c) FUNCTION REMOTE END ENTER PRE HEATER HEAT CONSTANT PRINT HEAT CONSTANT AFTER HEAT CONSTANT HEAT SW (e)

Display

Each setting or message displayed on the LCDs is enclosed in [ ], like [TYPE 1], [PLEASE WAIT], etc. in the text of this manual.

The operation keys are shown enclosed in brackets [ ].

[▼] indicates that the down JOG key is to be pressed.

The name of any other operation key is shown enclosed in brackets [ ], like [FUNCTION].

How to read the display

The LCDs give information as shown below depending on the status of the printer.

Ready for printing status

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ← Display 1 ← Display 2

Display 1 :

Shows the temperatures of the heaters inside the printer.

Display 2 :

The indication in the upper left area shows the mode of the printer. The sample display above shows LOCAL mode. (See 2-20)

The indication in the upper right area shows the machine name assigned to this printer. (Refer to "MACHINE NAME (p.6-21)")

The indication in the lower right area shows the width of the media detected by the printer.

Function menu indicating status

graph TD
    A[" "] -->|Display 1| B["MAINTENANCE"]
    B -->|Display 2| C["HD.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]

Display 1 :

The temperatures of the heaters are kept displayed until the top level of the menu hierarchy or the [SET UP] function is selected. There may be a case where nothing is displayed, depending on the selected item; this does not mean a malfunction of the display.

Display 2 :

The indication in the upper area shows the selected item.

The indication in the lower left area shows the job name or the like.

The indication such as , if any in the lower right area, means that you are asked whether or not to select the displayed job or that there is a lower level of hierarchy.

For the operation of function menus, refer to “Outline of menu hierarchy” (See 2-24).

Item / setting value indicating status

The LCDs show the particular operation for a selected job.

graph TD
    A["Choose a head"] -->|to fill.| B["Display 1"]
    C["FILL UP INK HEAD SELECT : 12.34"] -->|Display 2| D["Display 2"]

Display 1 :

There may be a case where nothing is displayed, depending on the selected item; this does not mean a malfunction of the display.

Display 2 :

The indication in the upper area shows the job name or the like.

The indication in the lower left area shows the selected item for the job.

The indication in the lower right area shows the item or setting value or the like. Input a setting value by jog keys.

The sample display above shows [HEAD SELECT] in [HD.MAINTENANCE].

For the operation of function menus, refer to “Outline of menu hierarchy” (See 2-24).

Job processing status

graph TD
    A["FILLING UP NOW. PLEASE WAIT"] --> B["Display 1"]
    C["FILL UP INK *****"] --> D["Display 2"]

Display 1 :

Shows the current operation of the printer.

Display 2 :

The indication in the upper area shows the job name or the like. The sample display above shows [FILLING UP NOW.] in [HD.MAINTENANCE].

The indication in the lower area shows the progress of the job or the like.

Message indicating status

The LCDs show a message to ask the operator to do some work, if necessary. Be sure to follow the message.

Close a cover.

How to read the LED indications

The LEDs light up to indicate the status of the printer as described below.

BUSY lamp BUSY Mimaki TEST DRAW DATA CLEAR CLEANING USER TYPE ST.MAINT INFORMATION FEED COMP. PRE HEATER FUNCTION REMOTE END ENTER PRINT HEAT HEAT SW PRE-heater Print heater HEAT SW lamp After-heater

	Name Function
	BUSY lamp	Lights up when the printer is currently executing some processing. While this lamp is lit, never open any cover of the printer and never operate any key; otherwise, the printer may develop trouble.
	HEAT SW lamp	Lights up orange when power to the heater is turned on.
Pre-heater	HEAT lamp Lit orange while the pre-heater is in heating operation.
	CONSTANT lamp	Lights up green when the temperature of the pre-heater reaches the preset temperature.
Print heater	HEAT lamp Lit orange while the print heater is in heating operation.
	CONSTANT lamp	Lights up green when the temperature of the print heater reaches the preset temperature.
After-heater	HEAT lamp Lit orange while the after-heater is in heating operation.
	CONSTANT lamp	Lights up green when the temperature of the after-heater reaches the preset temperature.

How to use the keys

The functions of the operation panel are described below.

BUSY Mimicki TEST DRAW DATA CLEAR CLEANING USER TYPE ST.MAINT INFORMATION FEED COMP. FUNCTION REMOTE END ENTER PRE HEATER PRINT HEAT HEAT SW HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT HEAT

	Name Function
1	JOG keys[▲], [▼], [◀], [▶]	Use these keys to shift the carriage or the media in [LOCAL mode]. Also use them to select an item of printing conditions.
2	[FUNCTION] key	Use this key to display function setting menu.
3	[REMOTE] key Use this key to switch between [REMOTE mode] and [LOCAL mode].
4	[END] key	Cancels the last input value or returns the setting menu to the immediate higher level of the hierarchy.
5	[ENTER] key	Registers the last input value as the setting value or goes to the immediate lower level of the hierarchy.
6	[TEST DRAW] key	Use this key to print a test pattern and check to see if there is no faulty print due to clogged nozzles.
7	[DATA CLEAR] key Erases the data that have been received.
8	[CLEANING] key	Use this key to select a cleaning type and execute the cleaning of the heads.
9	[USER TYPE] key Changes the user type.
10	[ST.MAINT] key	Use this key to perform maintenance of the station.This key activates directly [ST.MAINTENANCE] of the maintenance functions.
11	[INFORMATION] key Displays and/or prints various information.
12	[FEED COMP.] key	Activates directly [MEDIA COMP.] of the SET UP function for the currently set type.
13	[HEATER] key	Use this key to set the temperatures of the pre-heater, print heater and after-heater or check the current temperature of the platen.
14	[HEAT SW] key	Turns on/off the power to the heaters.
15	Display 1	Displays the status of this printer, a setting item, menu name or the like. Usually displays the current temperatures of the heaters.
16	Display 2	Use this display to indicate input setting values when various detailed settings are necessary for this printer.

Functions of the JOG keys

Each of the JOG keys varies in function according to the condition of the printer under which the key is used. The functions of the JOG keys are as follows:

	Before the detection of media	After the detection of media	When selecting a function	When selecting a setting value
	Detects the width of the media.	Shifts the carriage to the left.
	Detects the width and length of the media.	Shifts the carriage to the right.
		Shifts the media away from you.	Indicates the previously indicated function again.	Indicates the previously indicated value again.
		Moves the media toward you.	Indicates the next function.	Indicates the next value.

Modes and Menu Screens

Modes

This printer is provided with the following four modes:

NOT-READY mode

This is the mode in which the media has not been detected yet.

The keys other than the [REMOTE] key and the [TEST DRAW] key are effective.

LOCAL mode

The printer enters this mode when the media has been detected.

All the keys are effective.

The printer can receive data from the computer. However, it does not perform printing.

This mode permits the following operations:

1. Pressing the appropriate [JOG] keys to detect the media or set the origin.
2. Pressing the [FUNCTION] key to set functions. (FUNCTION mode)
3. Pressing the [REMOTE] key to switch between [REMOTE mode] and [LOCAL mode].
4. Pressing the [ENTER] key to check the remaining amount of ink, the description of the cartridge error, the model name, the firmware version, and so on.
5. Pressing the [TEST DRAW] key to print a test pattern and checking to see if there is no faulty print.

6. Pressing the [DATA CLEAR] key to erase the printing data the printer has received.

7. Pressing the [CLEANING] key to execute the cleaning of the heads.

8. Pressing the [USER TYPE] key to change the user type.

9. Pressing the [ST.MAINT] key to activate directly [ST.MAINTENANCE], one of the [MAINTENANCE] functions.

10. Pressing the [INFORMATION] key to activate directly [INFORMATION] of the [MACHINE SETUP] function.

11. Pressing the [FEED COMP.] key to activate directly [MEDIA COMP.].

12. Pressing the [HEATER] key to set the temperature of the heaters.

13. Pressing the [HEAT SW] key to turn on/off the power to the heaters.

REMOTE mode

The printer prints the data it receives.

Pressing the [REMOTE] key during printing interrupts the printing temporarily and returns the printer to LOCAL mode.

FUNCTION mode

To set FUNCTION mode, press the [FUNCTION] key when the printer is in LOCAL mode.

In this mode, printing conditions can be set.

About Function Menus

Basic operation of a menu screen

This printer incorporates various functions, which can be operated on the operation panel. The [FUNCTION Mode] permits operating the functions for settings of the system and optional units, cleaning of the heads, test printing and so on. In addition, pressing direct keys will invoke various built-in functions quickly.

Priority sequence of the printer functions

The settings which are made on the operation panel are applied to all printing jobs as the initial values. In addition, whether priority is given to the settings on the operation panel or those on the computer (host) is determined by the setting of [PRIORITY] in the [SET UP] function of the printer.

Structure of function menus

Items of each menu are hierarchized as follows:

The [FUNCTION] key or [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] key selects an item, the [ENTER] key displays the item or value in the next lower level of the hierarchy, and the [END] key displays the immediate higher level of the hierarchy. Press the [ENTER] key to execute the selected value of each item.

Operation to set function menus

To set a function menu, press the [FUNCTION] key in LOCAL mode and press [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] or [ENTER] key as appropriate. If the printer is not in LOCAL mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

How to make setting

As an example of setting procedure, that for [SET UP] → [AUTO CLEANING] is described below.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. => [JV5-01] width : **** mm

graph TD
    A["CLEANING"] --> B["TEST DRAW"]
    B --> C["FUNCTION"]
    C --> D["END"]
    D --> E["REMOTE"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccc,stroke:#333

2 Press the [FUNCTION] key.

Once the following screen is displayed, press the [ENTER] key twice to go to the lower level of the hierarchy.

PRE 35°C PRT 40°C AFT 50°C FUNCTION SET UP

graph TD
    A["TEST DRAW"] --> B["CLEANIN"]
    B --> C["FUNCTION"]
    C --> D["END"]
    D --> E["REMOTE"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

3 Press the [▼] key 13 times to select [AUTO CLEANING], and press the [ENTER] key.

The menu screen will turn into the screen for setting ON/OFF of automatic cleaning.

graph LR
    A["FUNCTION"] --> B["13 times"]
    B --> C["REMOTE"]
    C --> D["PRE 35°C PRT 40°C AFT 50°C"]
    D --> E["[1"] AUTO CLEANING <ent>]
    E --> F["ENTER"]
    F --> G["HEAT CO ( )"]
    F --> H["HEAT CO ( )"]

4 Press the [▲] or [▼] key to set ON/OFF of automatic cleaning.

DECIDE = [ENTER] DETAIL SET = [FUNC.] [1]AUTO CLEANING SETUP : ON TEST DRAW CLEANING FUNCTION REMOTE REAL HEAT C PRIN HEAT C

5 Press the [FUNCTION] key again if the setting of [CLEANING INTERVAL] and [CLEANING TYPE] is needed.

This setting is permitted only when automatic cleaning [ON] is selected.

FUNCTION END REMOTE ENTER CLEANING INTERVAL 10 - 10000mm INTERVAL : TYPE 1000mm : NORMAL

6 Press the [FUNCTION] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and press the [▲] or [▼] key to input [CLEANING INTERVAL].

Press the [◀] or [▶] key to display the setting screen for [CLEANING TYPE] and press the [▲] or [▼] key to set a cleaning type.

CLEANING TYPE SOFT / NORMAL / HARD INTERVAL : TYPE 1000mm : NORMAL TEST DRAW CLEANING FUNCTION REMOTE F HEAT F HEAT

7 Press the [ENTER] key to finalize the setting.

Press the [END] key several times to return to LOCAL mode.

FUNCTION END REMOTE PRINT HEAT CONSTANT AFTER HEAT CO° PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L.*> [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Outline of menu hierarchy

Function menu

Press the [FUNCTION] key to invoke the function menu.

graph TD
    A["CR.MAINTEMANCE"] --> B["HD.MAINTEMANCE"]
    A --> C["DISCHARGE&WASH"]
    A --> D["MAINWASHLiquid"]
    A --> E["DROP.POscorrect"]
    A --> F["PG DROP ADJUST"]
    A --> G["SLEEP SET UP"]
    A --> H["TUBE WASH"]
    A --> I["CLEANING"]
    A --> J["ROUTLINE SETUP"]
    J --> K["WHERE LEVEL"]
    J --> L["HEAD SELECT"]
    J --> M["TUBE WASH"]
    J --> N["BEFOREMOVINGL"]
    A --> O["DEODORIZE FAN"]
    O --> P["STOP TIME"]
    O --> Q["RENEW"]
    O --> R["CONFIRM. FEED"]
    O --> S["ERROR HISTORY"]
    O --> T["TIME SET"]
    T --> U["MINITE. HISTORY"]
    T --> V["STAMP SETUP"]
    V --> W["LIST"]
    V --> X["VERSION"]
    V --> Y["INFORMATION"]
    Y --> Z["SERIALDEalerno"]
    A --> AA["NOZZLE CHECK"]
    AA --> AB["DURING THE DRAW"]
    AA --> AC["NG ACTION"]
    AA --> AD["AFTERHE DRAWEND"]
    AA --> AE["CGOG NZL/ Color"]
    AA --> AF["CGOG NZL/ALL"]
    AA --> AG["COND. INDICATION"]
    AA --> AH["English etc."]
    AI["MACHINE SETUP"] --> AJ["MACHINE NAME"]
    AI --> AK["INFORMATION"]
    AI --> AL["STAMP SETUP"]
    AI --> AM["UNIT SETUP"]
    AI --> AN["TIME SET"]

graph TD
    A["SET UP"] --> B["TYPE 1~4"]
    B --> C["MEDIA Comp."]
    B --> D["MediaFeed Setup"]
    B --> E["Movement Test"]
    B --> F["Speed Switching"]
    B --> G["Fixed Method"]
    H["PRE PRT AFT 35.C 40.C 50.C"] --> I["FUNCTION or L.* > [JVS-01"] width: **** mm]
    I --> J["FUNCTION or INPUT"]
    J --> K["FUNCTION or INPUT"]
    K --> L["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    L --> M["FUNCTION or INPUT OF ENTER"]
    M --> N["FUNCTION or INPUT OF ENTER"]
    N --> O["OUTPUT OF ENTER"]
    O --> P["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    P --> Q["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    Q --> R["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    R --> S["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    S --> T["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    T --> U["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    U --> V["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    V --> W["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    W --> X["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    X --> Y["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    Y --> Z["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    Z --> AA["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AA --> AB["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AB --> AC["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AC --> AD["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AD --> AE["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AE --> AF["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AF --> AG["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AG --> AH["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AH --> AI["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AI --> AJ["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AJ --> AK["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AK --> AL["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AL --> AM["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AM --> AN["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AN --> AO["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AO --> AP["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AP --> AQ["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AQ --> AR["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AR --> AS["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AS --> AT["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AT --> AU["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AU --> AV["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AV --> AW["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AW --> AX["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AX --> AY["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AY --> AZ["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    AZ --> BA["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BA --> BB["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BB --> BC["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BC --> BD["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BD --> BE["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BE --> BF["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BF --> BG["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BG --> BH["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BH --> BI["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BI --> BJ["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BJ --> BK["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BK --> BL["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BL --> BM["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BM --> BN["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BN --> BO["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BO --> BP["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BP --> BQ["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BQ --> BR["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BR --> BS["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BS --> BT["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BT --> BU["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BU --> BV["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BV --> BW["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BW --> BX["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BX --> BY["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BY --> BZ["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    BZ --> CA["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CA --> CB["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CB --> CC["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CC --> CD["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CD --> CE["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CE --> CF["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CF --> CG["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CG --> CH["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CH --> CI["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CI --> CJ["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CJ --> CK["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CK --> CL["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CL --> CM["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CM --> CN["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CN --> CO["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CO --> CP["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CP --> CQ["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CQ --> CR["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CR --> CS["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CS --> CT["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CT --> CU["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CU --> CV["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CV --> CW["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CW --> CX["INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CX --> CY["INPUT OF INPUT OF ENTER"]
    CY --> CZ["INPUT OF ENTER"]

Direct keys

Pressing direct keys will easily invoke frequently used functions.

graph TD
    A["TEST DRAW"] --> B["TEST DRAW"]
    C["CLEANING"] --> D["CLEANING"]
    D --> E["ST.MAINT"]
    F["CARRIDGE OUT"] --> G["FEED COMP."]
    H["WIPER EXCHANGE"] --> G
    I["NOZZLE WASH"] --> G
    J["DISWAY WASH"] --> G
    K["CUSTODY WASH"] --> G
    L["PUMP TUBE WASH"] --> G
    M["WIPER WASH"] --> G
    B --> N["DATA CLEAR"]
    D --> O["USER TYPE"]
    D --> P["INFORMATION"]
    N --> Q["DATA CLEAR"]
    O --> R["USER TYPE CHANGE"]
    P --> S["ERROR HISTORY"]
    S --> T["MAINTE.HISTORY"]
    S --> U["PRT.mode HISTORY"]
    S --> V["LIST"]
    S --> W["VERSION"]
    S --> X["Serial&DealerNo"]
    G --> Y["MEDIA COMP."]

Setting values in function menus

The menus contain the following functions.

SET UP functions

Function name	Sub function		Setting value	Function
MEDIA COMP. (p. 3-34)			-255 to 255	Corrects the feed rate of media.
MediaFeed SETUP (p. 6-5)	FEED METHOD DIRECT, NORMAL Switches between methods for detecting the feed rate of media.
	SPEED SWITCHING 200% to 10% Sets the media feed rate.
	MOVEMENT TEST Performs testing whether or not the media is compatible with the direct detection method using the media encoder.
HEATER (p. 3-22) (p. 6-29)	SET TEMP.	Pre-heater	OFF, 20 to 60 °C(OFF, 68 to 140 °F)	Sets heater conditions.
		Print heater	OFF, 20 to 60 °C(OFF, 68 to 140 °F)
		After-heater	OFF, 20 to 70 °C(OFF, 68 to 158 °F)
	SET TIME	STANDBY	(NONE, 0-90 min / In steps of 10 minutes)
		OFF TIME	(NONE, 0 - 90 min / In steps of 10 minutes)
PRINT MODE (p. 6-6)	FINE quality		STD., FINE, FAST	Sets a print quality level and printing direction.
	DRAFT quality		STD., FINE, FAST
	SCAN DIRECTION		Uni-D
			Bi-D
	LOGICAL SEEK		ON, OFF
INK LAYERS (p. 6-8)			1 to 9	Sets the number of layers in which ink is to be applied.
DRYING TIME (p. 6-8)	SCAN		0.0 to 19.9 sec.	Sets the time to wait for ink drying.
	Draw.END		0 to 999 sec.
AUTO CUT (p. 6-9)			ON, OFF	Cuts the media automatically after printing.
PRE-FEED (p. 6-9)			ON, OFF	Feeds the media back and forth before printing.
MARGIN (p. 6-9)			-10 to 85 mm	Sets a non-printing area along the right and left edges of the media.
COLOR PATTERN (p. 6-9)			ON, OFF	Prints a color pattern for nozzle missing check near the right edge of the media.
REFRESH (p. 6-10)			LEVEL 0 to 3	Refreshes the print heads during printing.
VACUUM (p. 6-10)			STRONG, STANDARD, Little WEAK, WEAK, OFF	Sets the absorbability of the media.
PRIORITY (p. 6-10)	ALL HOST			Sets the priority of settings (host / panel).
	ALL PANEL
	INDIVIDUALLY		MEDIA COMP., HEATER, PRINT MODE, INK LAYERS, DRYING TIME, AUTO CUT, PRE-FEED, MARGIN, COLOR PATTERN, REFRESH, VACUUM, MEDIA FD.SPEED, MediaFD.METHOD
AUTO CLEANING (p. 3-44), (p. 6-10)	ON CLEANING	INTERVAL	10 to 10000 mm Cleans the print heads	s automatically every completion of printing.
		CLEANING TYPE	SOFT, NORMAL, HARD
	OFF
HEAD GAP (p. 3-5), (p. 6-11)			1.5 to 7.0 mm	Sets the head gap (height from the media to the nozzle plane of the heads).
MEDIA DETECT (p. 6-11)	DETECT METHOD SELECT Sets the method for detecting the			media.
	CUTTING DETECT BOTH EDGE, LEFT EDGE, RIGHT EDGE, NONE
SETUP RESET Resets the setting values to the				default values.

MAINTENANCE functions

Function name	Sub function		Setting value	Function
ST.MAINTE-NANCE	CARRIAGE OUT(Can be selected directly by pressing [ST.MAINT] key.) (p. 4-7)			Move the carriage when cleaning the inside of the station and replacing consumables.Do not move the carriage out of the capping station by hand. Select the [ST.MAINTENANCE] - [CAR-RIAGE OUT] to move the carriage.
	WIPER EXCHANGE [ST.MAINT](p. 4-43)			When the display shows that the wipers must be replaced, perform this operation and replace the wipers.
	NOZZLE WASH [ST.MAINT](p. 4-10)			Washes the nozzles with a cleaning kit to correct nozzle clogging and jet deviation.
	DISWAY WASH [ST.MAINT](p. 4-13)			Washes the ink discharge passages (pump tubes) to prevent their clogging.
	CUSTODY WASH [ST.MAINT](p. 4-15)			When the operation of the printer is to be suspended for more than one week, wash the nozzles in the heads and ink discharge passages and make arrangements for storage.
	WIPER WASH [ST.MAINT](p. 4-22)			Washes the ink suction pumps.
	PUMP TUBE WASH [ST.MAINT](p. 4-24)			Washes the wiper.
CR.MAINTENANCE (p. 4-27)				Move the head unit to the left end of the printer and perform maintenance of the heads and related parts.
HD.MAINTE-NANCE	FILL UP INK (p. 3-32) The heads are charged with ink.			Use this function if nozzles are not unclogged by [CLEANING] and [NOZZLE WASII].
	DISCHARGE&WASH (p. 5-6)			Discharges ink from the heads, dampers and ink tubes, and washes them with an cleaning solution cartridge (option).
	MaintWashLiquid (p. 4-19)	FILLING UP Supplies the cleaning liquid for the DISCHARGE Discharges the cleaning liquid for		wiper and pump tubes.
				the wiper and pump tubes.
DROP.POSScorrect(p. 3-36)	PATTERN 1 to 4 -40.0 to 40.0 dot Correct the difference in the ink fall			points between outward trip and homeward trip. When the media thickness, head height or ink type is changed, dot positions may be slightly in misalignment. This function corrects the dot positions to ensure that the accurate printing result is obtained.Print two test patterns at the standard speed and at a high speed, respectively. Then compare the ink fall points of outward trip and those of homeward trip and correct dot positions.
PG DROP ADJUST. (p. 3-36)	PATTERN 1 to 8 -40.0 to 40.0 dot Set the reference value for correct-ing the misalignment of the ink fall points between outward trip and homeward trip in bi-directional printing when the head gap has been changed.
SLEEP SET UP REFRESH (p. 4-30)		REFRESHinter-val	OFF, 1 to 168 h While the power switch is off, the printer performs refreshing operation at fixed intervals to prevent ink clogging or the like. Set the interval (in hours) at which refreshing operation that discharges ink from the heads is to be performed.
MEDIA RESIDUAL (p. 6-14)		ON, OFF	Set ON/OFF of the media remaining amount display function.Input the media length (initial value of remaining amount ) when the roll media is detected.
BeforeMovingIt. (p. 6-15)			Use this function to lock the station when the printer is to be transported.

MACHINE SET functions

Function name	Sub function	Setting value	Function
DEODORIZE FAN (p. 6-19)	STOP TIME 0 to 240 Min, CONTINUE Make operation settings of the		exhaust fan.
	RENEW ON, OFF
DRYNESS FEED (p. 6-19)		ON, OFF	Change the feed operation after printing.
CONFIRM. FEED (p. 6-19)		ON, OFF Set whether or not to perform feed-ing the media after test printing for checking of the printing result.
	BACK FEED ON, OFF
TIME SET (p. 6-19)		ON, OFF	Set the date and time on the printer.
UNIT SETUP (p. 6-20)	TEMP.	: °C or °F	Change the units of temperature, length and area to be used with the printer.
	LENGTH	: mm or inch
STAMP SETUP (p. 6-20)		ON, OFF	Make settings for outputting the date and time and printing conditions after printing.
MACHINE NAME (p. 6-21)		01 to 99	When the printer is connected through the USB 2.0 interface to a system to which two or more machines are connected, set the identifier of the printer to have the system recognize it.
INFORMATION	ERROR HISTORY (p. 6-22)(Can be selected directly by pressing [INFORMATION] key.)	Displays the history of the errors the printer has developed up to now.Two or more errors, if any, can be displayed in turn by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.	Display various information.The items in [INFORMATION] can be set individually by pressing the [INFORMATION] key.
	MAINTE. HISTORY (p. 6-22)	Displays the records of the maintenance function that have been executed up to now.Two or more records, if any, can be displayed in turn by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.
	PRT.modeHISTORY (p. 6-22)[INFORMATION]	Displays the history of information (printing conditions) of the online printing that has been performed up to now.Two or more pieces of information, if any, can be displayed in turn by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.
	LIST (p. 6-22)[INFORMATION]
	VERSION (p. 6-24)[INFORMATION]
	Serial&DealerNo(p. 6-24)[INFORMATION]

NCU functions

Function name	Sub function		Setting value	Function
NOZZLE CHECK (p. 6-26)			ON, OFF	Set whether or not to perform nozzle missing detection.
NG ACTION (*1)[DURING THE DRAW] (p. 6-26)	CONTINUE Set the operation of the printer to be			performed during printing in case a certain level of nozzle missing is detected and thus NG judgment is made. (*2)
	CLEAN-ING&CONT	CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL, SOFT, HARD
	CLEAN-ING&STOP	CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL, SOFT, HARD
		RETRY COUNT 0 to 3
	STOP
NG ACTION (*1)[AFTERtheDRA-Wend] (p. 6-27)	CONTINUE Set the operation of the printer to be			performed after completion of print-ing of one file in case a certain level of nozzle missing is detected and thus NG judgment is made. (*2)
	CLEAN-ING&CONT	CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL, SOFT, HARD
	CLEAN-ING&STOP	CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL, SOFT, HARD
		RETRY COUNT 0 to 3
	STOP
NG JUDGEMENT(*1) (p. 6-27)	CLOGG NZL/color		1 to 180	Set the number of missing nozzles per row for judging the nozzle check NG . (*2)
	CLOGG NZL/ALL 1 to 180 Set the total number of missing noz-			zles for judging the nozzle check NG . (*2)
COND.INDICATION (p. 6-27)				Displays the status of the NCU.This function displays every error that has occurred in the NCU and every error that has occurred between NCU ↔ Main Unit.Using the [▲] or [▼] key, the errors can be displayed one by one in the order of occurrence.

■NG (*1): Bad nozzle condition.
■NG (*2): One or more bad nozzles have been located on print head.

CHAPTER 3 Print Output

This chapter describes a series of operations and settings, ranging from power-on to end of printing.

Operation flow 3-2

Turning the power on ....3-3

Adjusting the head gap 3-5

Setting the media on the printer 3-7

Selecting and checking printing conditions ....3-20

Operating the heaters 3-22

Operating the heaters 3-22

Checking for nozzle clogging, and unclogging nozzles .....3-29

Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP.] 3-34

If dots are not in alignment [DROP.POScorrect] ....3-36

Effective Plotting Area 3-38

Establishing the Origin 3-39

Printing an image 3-40

Display of [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] 3-46

Turning the power off 3-49

Operation flow

The following shows a series of operations and settings, ranging from power-on to end of printing. For details, refer to the appropriate page.

graph TD
    A["Turning the power on p. 3-3"] --> B["Adjusting the head gap p. 3-5"]
    B --> C["Setting the media on the printer p. 3-7"]
    C --> D["Operating the heaters p. 3-22"]
    D --> E["Checking for nozzle clogging, and unclogging nozzles p. 3-29"]
    E --> F["Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP."] p. 3-34]
    F --> G["Printing an image p. 3-40"]
    G --> H["Turning the power off p. 3-49"]

Turning the power on

The printer is provided with the following two power switches.

Power switch Main power switch Rear of the printer bodyFront of the print Contents Chapter 1

Main power switch :

Located on the rear of the printer. Normally, leave this switch turned on.

If this switch is left turned off, nozzles in the heads may be clogged.

There may be a case where nozzles cannot be unclogged easily.

Power switch :

Located on the front of the printer. Normally, use this switch.

Press this switch once to turn on the power to the printer. Press it again to turn off the power.

Even when the power switch is off, the power is turned on periodically and the nozzle clogging preventive function is activated.

■ When the main power switch is turned ON with the power switch set to OFF, power to the printer is automatically turned ON.

Starting up the printer

■ Make sure that the front cover and maintenance covers are all closed. If any of the covers is open, the printer does not start up properly.

STEPS:

1 Turn on the power to the printer.

Press the power switch located on the front of the printer once.

When the power is turned on, the LCD panel displays [BOOT] first and then displays the firmware version number.

BOOT *Being Initialized* NOT POW-OFF!! JV5-160 V *.*

2 The message [PLEASE WAIT] appears flashing.

The printer performs initial operation.

*Being Initialized* NOT POW-OFF!! PLEASE WAIT

If media has been set on the printer, the media select display appears.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01]

4 On making sure that the display shown below has appeared, turn on the power to the computer that is connected to the printer.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C MEDIA SELECT ROLL <> LEAF

Adjusting the head gap

Set the head gap (height from the media to the nozzle plane of the heads).

When the carriage is to move above the platen for printing or maintenance, it moves while keeping the head gap at the preset value.

The upper limit of the head gap varies with media thickness.

Available setting values: [1.5 mm to 7.0 mm] (in units of 0.1 mm / Default : 1.5 mm)

■This function performs only setting the head gap; this function does not move the heads up and down.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Select [SET UP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

FUNCTION PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION SET UP ENTER Twice

3 Select [HEAD GAP] by pressing the [▼] key 14 times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["14 times"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["[1"]\nHEAD GAP <ent>]
    D --> E["ENTER"]

4 Input a value of the head gap using the [▲] or [▼] key and press the [ENTER] key.

INPUT RANGE 1.5 - 7.0mm [1]HEAD GAP GAP VALUE : 2.0mm

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

How to check the head gap

Check the head gap by the following procedure.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [ENTER] key twice.

The information of the current head status is displayed.

ENTER

Twice

MEDIA WIDTH 1000mm

HEAD GAP 2.0 mm

MEDIA THICK 0.3 mm

3 Press the [END] key.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT

35°C 40°C 50°C

L. * > [JV5-01]

width : **** mm

Setting the media on the printer

This printer can be used with roll media and cut sheet media. Use the media recommended by MIMAKI. (Refer to "Sizes of media that can be used (p.1-17)")

Important!

■ If a transparent media is set, the message [ERROR 50 MEDIA DETECT] is displayed and the media may not be detected.
■ If the media is exposed to direct sunshine, the media width may not be detected correctly.
■Do not use printed media; otherwise, ink can adhere to pinch rollers and thus media may be stained or may not be detected.
■ Significantly or internally curled media must be straightened so that it will be fed properly without floating above the platen.
■Media may form an irregular surface because of the heat from the after-heater if it is left set on the printer for a significant period of time. If printing is started on the irregular surface of the media, the heads may rub on the media. Therefore, if an irregular surface is found on the media, feed the media with the [▼] key and set a new origin to avoid printing on the irregular surface.

Technical diagram of a machine with control panel and remote control buttons, showing a curved arrow indicating motion direction.

Changing the angular position of the drying fan

The angular position of the drying fan can be changed in two steps to meet the drying condition of the media.

Change the position if necessary.

■Set the media with both the covers of the printer body and front exhaust unit open.

Technical line drawing of a printer with directional arrows indicating motion or flow (no text or symbols present)

STEPS:

1 Loosen the upper knob screws at both sides of the drier fan.
2 Select a angle as setting.
3 Retighten the knobs.

Technical illustration of a mechanical device with a hand holding a screwdriver, showing internal components and motion arrows (no text or symbols)

Setting roll media on the printer

The procedure for setting roll media on the printer is described below.

■ The roll media is heavy in weight. Take care not to drop it on your foot. Also take care not to throw out your back.
■ Take care in operating the Clamp Lever. If the Clamp Lever is handled carelessly, you can get injured as a result of an impact caused by the lowered Clamp Lever.

Installation procedure

1 Raise the clamp lever in the front of the printer.

Clamp lever

2 Loosen the screw securing the left roll holder, and determine the position of the roll holder.

■ The inside diameter of the roll media core is 2 inches or 3 inches.

Roll holder securing screw

3 Set the left end of the core of the roll media on the let roll holder.

Push the roll media onto the roll holder until the roll core is all the way seated.

■The roll media can be set easily if you handle it while supporting it with the media support bar.

Media support bar

4 Loosen the screw for the right roll holder, and insert the right roll holder into the core of the roll media.

Make sure that the roll holder is in a proper position, and tighten the roll holder securing screw.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with rotating components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

5 At the rear of the printer, unroll the roll media by such a length that the unrolled part is long enough to reach the front end of the platen.

Technical line drawing of a conveyor belt system with hands operating it (no text or symbols visible)

6 Insert the unrolled part of the roll media between the platen and the pinch rollers and pull the unrolled part until its leading edge is positioned on the front of the printer.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with rollers and conveyor components (no text or symbols)

Pinch roller Platen

7 Push down the clamp lever at the rear of the printer.

The clamp lever in the front is lowered to hold the media (for temporary setting).

Clamp lever

8 Open the front cover and pull up the clamp lever in the front of the printer.

Technical diagram of an air conditioner unit with labeled components and a close-up inset showing internal components and motion arrows.

9 Pull out the roll media gently and then stop pulling when locked lightly.

Lock!

10 Pull the roll media from side to side evenly and push down the clamp lever.

Technical illustration of a mechanical device with arrows indicating motion or assembly, showing internal components and a close-up inset of the component (no text or symbols present)

11 Hold the medium with the media press gently.

■ Take care not to cut your finger with the media press.

■Adjust the position of the roll holders so that the right end of the media on the media encoder roller is positioned to the right of the right-end pinch roller.

■ When using a thick media, remove the media press from the media before printing.

Rightmost pinch roller Media press Media end Media encoder roller

12 Set a free paper tube on the take-up device.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical conveyor system with rollers and guide rails (no text or symbols)

13Adjust the level adjusters of the take-up device so that the bottom of each of them rests on the floor and secure them by tightening the thumb screws.

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with a close-up of a component being inserted into a housing (no text or symbols present)

14 Close the front cover and press the [ENTER] key.

The printer performs initial operation and displays the screen for media selection.

( Cover Open ) PRESS KEY FUNCTION REMOTE END ENTER

15Press the [◀] key to select [ROLL].

After detecting the media, the printer returns to LOCAL mode. (Refer to "LOCAL mode (p.2-20)")

A SELECT ROLL > > LEAF FUNCTION REMOTE END ENTER

16 Press the Jog key [▼] to feed the media up to the paper tube of the take-up device.
17 Fix the media to the free paper tube with adhesive tape.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with an inset close-up showing a component detail (no text or symbols present)

When the media thickness cannot be detected

There may be a case where the media thickness cannot be detected properly depending on the media. In such a case, the media thickness must be input manually.

STEPS:

1 An error is displayed, and the carriage returns to the station.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C ***** ERROR 50 ***** THICKNESS DETECT

2 Input a value of the media thickness using the [▲] or [▼] key and press the [ENTER] key.

Initial value: 0.1 mm; Input range: 0.1 mm to 1.0 mm

The thickness of the media is inputted. (range : 0.1 - 1.0 mm) thickness = 0.1 mm

3 Press the [◀] key twice to select ROLL. (Press the [▶] key twice to select LEAF.)

The carriage moves and detects the media width.

Thickness detection is also performed here if the [END] key is pressed at step 2 above.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C MEDIA SELECT ROLL <> LEAF

When [MEDIA RESIDUAL] of [MAINTENANCE] function has been set to ON

STEPS:

1 Detection is completed, and the carriage returns to the station.
2 Input a value of the media length using the [▲] or [▼] key and press the [ENTER] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C Input of MediaLength MEDIA LENGTH = 50 m

3 However, only press the [END] key when the value to be input is identical with the previously input value.

Initial value: 50 m; Input range: 1 m to 500 m (in units of 1 m)

4 The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

How to operate the take-up device

The take-up device is equipped with a switch that selects the direction in which the media is to be wound.

Switch Torque limiter

Lever in top position (REVERSE) The take-up device winds the media with the printed side facing in.
Lever in middle position (OFF) The take-up device does not wind the media.
Lever in bottom position (FORWARD)	The take-up device winds the media with the printed side facing out.

Setting the torque limiter

The take-up device is provided with a torque limiter.

The take-up torque can be adjusted with the torque limiter.

(The printer is shipped with the torque limiter set to 50% of the maximum torque.)

If the tension is too strong to use a thin sheet of media, lower the take-up torque with the torque limiter.

■If the take-up torque is too low, the take-up device cannot wind the media properly.

If the take-up torque is too high, the sheet of media may slacken so that the image quality can be affected.

Clockwise turn	Increases torque(For heavy and thick media, such as tarpaulin)
Counterclockwise turn	Decreases torque(For light media)

Setting cut sheet media on the printer

Unlike roll media, cut sheet media need not be retained with the roll holders.

■ When using cut sheet media, take care not to set it skew.

STEPS:

1 Open the front cover and raise the clamp lever.

Technical illustration of a mechanical device with directional arrows and component details (no text or symbols)

2 Insert the cut sheet media between the platen and the pinch rollers.

Diagram of a conveyor belt system with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

Pinch roller Platen

■ Set the media so that the right end of the media on the media encoder roller is positioned to the right of the right-end pinch roller.

Rightmost pinch roller Media press Media end Media encoder roller

3 Push down the clamp lever.

Clamp lever

4 Press the [▶] key to select [LEAF].

The printer performs initial operation and displays the screen for media selection.

MEDIA SET ROLL < > LEAF FUNCTION END REMOTE ENTER

5 Close the front cover and press the [ENTER] key.

After detecting the media, the printer returns to LOCAL mode. (Refer to "LOCAL mode (p.2-20)")

Selecting and checking printing conditions

When the Type 1 to Type 4 printing conditions have already been registered, only selecting an appropriate Type is required to switch between the settings to meet the desired printing.

How to select a user type

STEPS: (Setting by [FUNCTION] key)

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [SET UP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nSET UP <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select an appropriate one of Type 1 to Type 4 using [▲] or [▼], and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["SET UP\nSELECT : TYPE 1"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["SET UP\nSELECT : TYPE 2"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]

STEPS: (Setting by [USER TYPE] key)

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [USER TYPE] key.

The user type can be changed in the order of 2 3 4 2... by pressing the [USER TYPE] key. It can also be changed using the [] or [] key.

Press the [ENTER] key to return to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["USER TYPE"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nUSER TYPE CHANGE\nTYPE (1) --> <2> : ent"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

■ The number in the ( ) following Type represents the current type.

How to check the user type

The user type currently used for printing can be identified by such an indication as [L.1] or [R.1] that is displayed in LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C [L. 1 > JV5-01] width : **** mm [LOCAL mode] [REMOTE mode]

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C [R. 1 > JV5-01] **,** m

Operating the heaters

Turning on the power to the heaters

Press the [HEAT SW] key on the operation panel to turn on the power to the heaters.

The HEAT lamps are lit orange while the heaters are in heating operation, respectively.

The CONSTANT lamps light up green when the temperatures of the heaters reach the preset temperature, respectively.

PRE HEAT CONSTANT HEATER PRINT HEAT CONSTANT AFTER HEAT CONSTANT HEAT SW

Checking the preset temperature and setting a temperature during printing

This section describes how to adjust the heater temperatures which have already been set in FUNCTION mode (Refer to “Setting the temperatures and standby time of heaters (p.6-31)”).

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the Heater Switch is turned ON.

The HEAT lamps are lit orange while the heaters are in heating operation, respectively. The CONSTANT lamps light up green when the temperatures of the heaters reach the preset temperature, respectively.

PRE HEAT CONSTANT HEATER PRINT HEAT CONSTANT AFTER HEAT CONSTANT HEAT SW

Current temperature PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C 40°C 50°C 35°C ( 3 5 4 0 5 0 ) Temperature that has been set Temperature to be set

2 Press the [HEATER] key.

Select the PRE-heater, PRINT heater and AFTER-heater one by one with the [◀] or [▶] key, and set temperature for each of them with the [▲] or [▼] key.

Temperature setting can be selected to OFF or in the range from 20 to 60 °C for Pre-heater and Print heater and in the range from 20 to 70 °C for After-heater.

Pressing the [HEATER] key will restore the original display, and if 30 seconds have passed without any key pressed, the printer goes into LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C 40°C 50°C 35°C ( 3 5 4 0 5 0 )

3 Press the [END] key to return to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

The display shown below will be kept until the temperatures of all the heaters reach their respective preset levels. When the temperatures of all the heaters have reached their respective preset levels, the buzzer sounds and the CONSTANT lamps for the Pre-heater, Print heater and After-heater light up. Then the printer enters REMOTE mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C TEMPERATURE CONTROL! PLEASE WAIT

■ When printing is to be started before the preset temperatures are reached, press the [ENTER] key to enter REMOTE mode.

What is beading ?

Beading is a phenomenon that adjacent dots attracts each other and join. Beading causes speckled patterns or stripes along printing passes (banding.)

Example of beading

The area in 100% magenta looks fine. Generally, the area in 70 - 100% single color is easily affected by the unevenness of media feed rate. The print shown here, free from unevenness of color in the vicinity of 100% magenta area, signifies that media feeding has been adjusted properly.

Abstract geometric pattern with overlapping circles and diagonal lines, no text or symbols present

Fine looking print

In the blue area (100% magenta + 100% cyan), however, speckled patterns and banding occur. This banding is a result of beading. If heater temperatures are low or the ink capacity (ink limit) of the media is low, the first dot does not solidify before the second dot lands on the media. As a result, dots bond to each other and unevenness or banding occurs.

In order to avoid beading, it is recommended to raise the heater temperatures, to raise the ink capacity (ink limit) of the media, to adjust the ink volume per dot for the media, to increase the number of printing passes and decrease the ink amount for one shot, and/or to gain time by scan wait.

Change media if none of the above-mentioned measures works to prevent beading.

M70% M80% M90% M100%

Print with banding

Temperature adjustment

This section describes the procedure for setting the heater temperatures properly. The proper heater temperatures depend on the media type and ambient temperature.

Set temperatures that are appropriate to the media. For non-coated media or media on which ink is slow to dry, set the heater temperatures so that the ink fixing and drying characteristics will be improved.

graph TD
    A["Set the heater temperatures (p. 6-29)"] --> B["Wait until the CONSTANT lamps light up."]
    B --> C{Is media wrinkled?}
    C -->|No| D["Does media stick to platen?"]
    C -->|Yes| E{Lower the heater temperatures}
    E -->|Yes| F["Lower the heater temperatures"]
    E -->|No| G["Correct the media feed rate (p. 3-34)"]
    G --> H["Test printing"]
    H --> I{Does beading occur?}
    I -->|No| J["END"]
    I -->|Yes| K["Raise the heater temperatures"]
    J --> L["Move the media back and forth with [▲"] and["▼"] keys.]
    G --> M["Initially, set higher temperatures"]

In case of heater trouble

When the Power Switch of the heaters is turned off, or if heaters have developed problem, the display turns as shown below.

■For recovery from trouble, refer to “Warning messages” of “CHAPTER 5 In Case of Trouble”.

(Refer to "Warning messages (p.5-14)")

Heater Power OFF

PRE PRT AFT BREAK ** °C ** °C

PRE PRT AFT THERM ** °C ** °C

Setting the reference value for dot misalignment correction [PG DROP ADJUST.]

Correct the difference in the ink fall points between outward trip and homeward trip.

Set the reference value for the automatic adjustment to be made when the head gap is changed.

Print eight types of test patterns, compare the ink fall points of outward trip and those of homeward trip and adjust dot positions.

■ On completion of [PG DROP ADJUST.] during use of a roll media, the media returns to the printing origin. Then the roll media in the rear of the printer will slacken.

Before printing, take up the slack in the roll media by hand; a loose roll media can result in an inferior image quality.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

FUNCTION PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION MAINTENANCE ENTER

3 Select [PG DROP ADJUST.] by pressing the [▼] key three times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|4 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nPG DROP ADJUST. <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

4 Once [PRINT START] is displayed, press the [ENTER] key.

The printer starts printing eight test patterns for adjustment.

The eight test patterns that are output are sequentially named [PATTERN 1] to [PATTERN 8].

graph LR
    A["PG DROP ADJUST.<br>PRINT START : ent"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["PRINTING<br>PLEASE WAIT"]

5 Press the [▲] or [▼] key to correct the dot position of pattern 1.

Select the correct dot position on [PATTERN 1] using the JOG key [▲] or [▼].

Select the dot position where the dots of outward trip and those of homeward trip form a straight line on the test pattern.

Input COMP value.

-40.0 - +40.0

PG DROP ADJUST.

PATTERN1 = 0.0

ENTER

Input range:

Patterns 1 to 8

-40.0 to 40.0

Output direction The dots at the fourth position counted from the zero position in the positive direction form a straight line. In this case, the adjusted value is 4.0. ±0

6 Press the [ENTER] key.

7 Subsequently repeat Steps 5 and 6 seven times to make PG DROP ADJUSTMENT on Pattern 2 to Pattern 8.

Select the correct dot position on each of the patterns.

Enter the adjusted values on Patterns 1 to 8 and then terminate PG DROP ADJUSTMENT.

Input COMP value.

-40.0 - +40.0

PG DROP ADJUST.

PATTERN2 = 0.0

ENTER

Input range:

Patterns 1 to 8

-40.0 to 40.0

8 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT

35°C 40°C 50°C

L. * > [JV5-01]

width : **** mm

■ Dots may be slightly out of alignment even after [PG DROP ADJUST.] is made. In such a case, perform [DROP.POScorrect] of [MAINTENANCE].

The procedure for [DROP.POScorrect] is the same as that for [PG DROP ADJUST.], but the test patterns to be used are [Pattern 1] to [Pattern 4].

(See 3-36)

Checking for nozzle clogging, and unclogging nozzles

Print a test pattern and check to see if there is no faulty print due to clogged nozzles.

If any, execute the cleaning function.

■ To print a test pattern on a cut sheet media, use a media whose size is not smaller than 350 mm in width and 600 mm in length (dimension in the media feed direction).
■After test printing on a roll media, pressing the [REMOTE] or [FUNCTION] key will return the media to the printing origin. Then the roll media in the rear of the printer will slacken.
Before next printing, take up the slack in the roll media by hand; a loose roll media can result in an inferior image quality.

Printing a test pattern (test printing)

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [TEST DRAW] key, and press the [ENTER] key.

The printer starts printing the test pattern.

After performing test printing, the printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["TEST DRAW"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C["TEST DRAW\n<ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    E --> F["** TEST DRAW **"]

3 Check the printed test pattern.

If there is any abnormality in the pattern, see “If the printed pattern is abnormal” (See 3-30).

No further operation is needed when there is no abnormality in the printed pattern.

Nozzles are dirty Clogged with ink Normal pattern Abnormal pattern

If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning)

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [CLEANING] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C CLEANING HEAD SELECT : 12. 34

3 Select the heads to be cleaned using the [▲] and [▼] or [◀] and [▶] keys, and press the [ENTER] key.

Select a set of Head 1 and Head 2 or Head 3 and Head 4.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C CLEANING HEAD SELECT : 12.34

4 Select a cleaning method using the [▲] or [▼] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C CLEANING TYPE : NORMAL ENTER Type: NORMAL SOFT HARD

NORMAL Select this if any line is missing.
SOFT Select this if any line is bent.
HARD	Select this if inferior printing cannot be improved even by [NORMAL] or [SOFT] cleaning.

5 Press the [ENTER] key.

Cleaning starts.

The second line of the lower LCD shows the progress of the operation as increase in the number of * marks. On completion of cleaning, the printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> C["STEINING ACTIVE\n*****"]
    B["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> C
    D["L. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> C

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg Replace a waste ink tank. keyHIT is after the TANK exchange.

6 Perform test printing again, and check the result. (See 3-29)

Repeat steps 1 to 5 until normal printing result is obtained.

graph LR
    A["TEST DRAW"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C["TEST DRAW"]
    C --> D["<ENT>"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]
    E --> F["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    F --> G["** TEST DRAW **"]

Important!

If a normal print of the test pattern cannot be obtained even after executing the cleaning function above, clean the wiper and ink caps. (Refer to “Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT] (p.4-7)” )

If nozzles cannot be unclogged [FILL UP INK]

Execute the [FILL UP INK] function when the blocked nozzles are not unclogged even by executing head cleaning (See 3-30) and nozzle washing (Refer to “Cleaning the nozzle [NOZZLE WASH] (p.4-10)”).

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [HD.MAINTENANCE] by pressing the [▼] key Twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|Twice| B["MAINTENANCE\nHD.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Press the [ENTER] key, select the heads to be cleaned using the [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] key, and press the [ENTER] key.

Select a set of Heads 1 and 2 or Heads 3 and 4.

graph LR
    A["HD.Maintenance\nFILL UP INK <ent>"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["Choose a head\nto fill."]
    C --> D["FILL UP INK\nHEAD SELECT : 12.34"]

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

graph TD
    A["No waste ink tank,<br>or a tank is FULL."] --> B["<ENT>keyHIT is after<br>theTANK set or exchg."]
    C["Replace a waste ink tank."] --> D["<ENT>keyHIT is after<br>the TANK exchange."]

4 Press the [ENTER] key.

Ink filling is started automatically.

On completion of ink filling, the printer returns to the following display.

graph LR
    A["FILLING UP NOW.<br>PLEASE WAIT"] --> B["HD.MAINTENANCE<br>FILL UP INK <en!>"]
    C["FILL UP INK<br>* * * * * * -- -- -- -- --"] --> B

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT

35^ 40^ 50^

L. * > [JV5-01]

width : **** mm

Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP.]

The media feed rate changes when the media type or any heater temperature is changed, or depending on whether the take-up device is used or not. Be sure to correct the media feed rate.

If the correction value is not appropriate, stripes may appear on the print, thus resulting in a poor print.

■ When any heater temperature is changed, first make sure that the CONSTANT lamps are lit and the preset temperatures have been reached, and then start correction.
■ On completion of [MEDIA COMP.] during use of a roll media, the media returns to the printing origin. Then the roll media in the rear of the printer will slacken. Before printing, take up the slack in the roll media by hand; a loose roll media can result in an inferior image quality.
■When printing is to be performed while using the take-up device, set the media first and then perform [MEDIA COMP.].

CORRECTION PATTERN

Print two bands.

Adjust so that an even color density is obtained around the boundary between the two bands. (Available setting values: -255 - 255)

Second band First band Media advance direction

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [FEED COMP.] key, select a Type using the [▲] or [▼] key, and press the [ENTER] key.

The printer will print the pattern.

graph LR
    A["FEED COMP"] --> B["Pattern drawing and input of Comp.value."]
    B --> C["[1"]MEDIA COMP. (-> TYPE *)\nPRINT START :ent]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["PLEASE WAIT\nPRINTING"]

3 By judging from the output pattern, enter a correction value using the [▲] or [▼] key.

■ A change of the value of [VALUE] by 6 will move the band by about 0.01 mm. Remember this when determining the correction value.

About 0.01mm changes with 6. [1]MEDIA COMP. VALUE = 0 Correction value: -255 ~ 255

Pure diagram of a horizontal dashed line intersecting a shaded rectangular area, without any text, numbers, or symbols.

Correction value is too large

OverlapClearance

Correction value is too small

4 Press the [ENTER] key to register the correction value.

About 0.01mm changes with 6. [1]MEDIA COMP. VALUE = 0

Repeat steps 2 to 4 until normal printing result is obtained.

5 Press the [END] key several times to return to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

If dots are not in alignment [DROP.POScorrect]

Dots may be slightly out of alignment even after [PG DROP ADJUST.] is made. In this case, execute [DROP.POScorrect] to correct the dot position. [DROP.POScorrect] corrects the difference in the ink fall points between outward trip and homeward trip.

Correct the difference in the ink fall points between outward trip and homeward trip.

When the head gap is changed, dot positions are adjusted automatically. However, there may be a case where dots are slightly out of alignment. Dot positions can be adjusted manually to get proper printing result.

Print four types of test patterns, compare the ink fall points of outward trip and those of homeward trip and correct dot positions.

■ On completion of [DROP.POScorrect] during use of a roll media, the media returns to the printing origin. Then the roll media in the rear of the printer will slacken.

Before printing, take up the slack in the roll media by hand; a loose roll media can result in an inferior image quality.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

FUNCTION PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION MAINTENANCE ENTER

3 Select [DROP.POStorrect] by pressing the [▼] key three times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|3 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nDROP.POSorrect <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

4 Once [PRINT START] is displayed, press the [ENTER] key.

The printer starts printing four test patterns for dot position correction. The four test patterns that are output are sequentially named [PATTERN 1] to [PATTERN 4].

graph LR
    A["DROP.POscorrect"] --> B["PRINT START : ent"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]

5 Press the [▲] or [▼] key to correct the dot position of pattern 1.

Select the correct dot position on [PATTERN 1] using the JOG key [▲] or [▼].

Select the dot position where the dots of outward trip and those of homeward trip form a straight line on the test pattern.

graph TD
    A["Input COMP value.<br>-40.0 - +40.0"] --> B["DROP.POScorrect<br>PATTERN1 = 0.0"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["Pattern Range: Patterns 1 to 4<br>-40.0 to 40.0"]
    E["Output direction"] --> F["Dot at the fourth position counted from the zero position in the positive direction form a straight line.<br>In this case, the dot position correction value is 4.0."] --> F

■If no correction value for straight line pattern is found within the range from -40 to +40, adjust the head height and then execute the [DROP.POScorrect] function again.

6 Press the [ENTER] key.

7 Subsequently repeat Steps 5 and 6 three times to correct the dot positions on Pattern 2 to Pattern 4.

Select the correct dot position on each of the patterns.

Enter the dot position correction values on Patterns 1 to 4 and then terminate dot position correction.

Input COMP value. -40.0 - +40.0

DROP.POStorrect PATTERN2 = 0.0

Input range: Patterns 1 to 4 -40.0 to 40.0

8 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Effective Plotting Area

The printer has an area where printing is not permitted, for mechanical reasons.

This area is called "non-printing area".

0 mm 15 mm 15 mm Effective printing area Media feeding direction

Roll media

200 mm 15 mm 15 mm Effective printing area 150 mm 150 mm *1

Cut sheet media

■The initial value of the right and left non-printing area of media is 15 mm each. The effective printing area can be changed by changing the non-printing area. Set the non-printing area using [MARGIN] in FUNCTION mode.

*1 When [DIRECT] has been selected as FEED METHOD, a maximum of 127mm is added.

Margin

This function adjusts the right and left margins of the media.

Use this function when margins other than 15 mm, which is the standard margin, are required.

Each of the right and left margins of the media can be set independently. (-10 to 85 mm)

Establishing the Origin

Establish the origin for printing the data on the media loaded on the printer.

When printing requires an area other than that defined by the established origin, set the origin at another point by following the origin setting procedure again.

STEPS:

1 Once the media detection is completed, move the carriage and media using the JOG keys [▲], [▼], [◀] and [▶] so that the carriage is located at the position where the origin is to be established.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["→"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["ORIGIN SET UP<br>0.0 ——"]
    D --> E["Origin (Length) ↑"]
    D --> F["Origin (Width) ↑"]

2 After determining the origin, press the [ENTER] key.

The printer displays the effective printing area, and then returns to LOCAL mode. (When the roll media is used, the value in X direction is not displayed.)

From the time the printer starts next printing, it uses the origin that has been established here unless the origin is newly established at another point.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["ORIGIN SET UP\n** ORIGIN **"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Typical setting position of printing origin

The printing origin in the depth direction (X') is positioned at about 140 mm rearward from the cutting line.

The printing origin in the scanning direction (Y') is positioned at 15 mm from the right end of the media. The value in the scanning direction (Y') can be changed using [MARGIN] in FUNCTION mode.

Cutting line About 140 mm (X') 15 mm (Y')

Printing an image

Starting the printing operation

The following describes mode switching for receiving data from the computer and indications on the LCDs during printing.

For settings for various functions, refer to “Chapter 6 Operation for Functions”.

■Before printing on a roll media, make sure that the roll media in the rear of the printer is not slackened.

Before printing, be sure to take up the slack, if any, in the roll media by hand; a loose roll media can result in an inferior image quality.

- Provide the following information when you consult MIMAKI's service center on problems about printing.

When printing is started, the LCDs display the following information.

graph TD
    A["Printing resolution"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C["Number of passes"]
    B --> D["Number of layers"]
    D --> E["Scanning speed: x1=Standard speed x2=Double speed"]
    D --> F["Data type: Vd=Variable data Nd=Normal data"]
    D --> G["Scan direction: Ud=Unidirectional Bd=Bidirectional"]
    B --> H["Bd: Vd: x1: 1L **.** m"]
    H --> I["R: +720x1080.12"]
    I --> J["Media feed correction during printing can be expressed in numerals"]

The display indicating that data is being received is alternated with the normal display.

STEPS:

1 Check the heater temperatures.

Make sure that the CONSTANT lamps on the heater panel are lit. (See 3-22)

2 Press the [REMOTE] key.

The printer enters REMOTE mode.

The currently selected type (printing conditions) can be confirmed. (Refer to “Registering printing conditions in a lump (type registration) (p.6-3)” )

REMOTE PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C R. * > [JV5-01] **.* m

3 Transmit the data from the computer.

The printing conditions that have been set for the data are displayed.

For the method of data transmission, refer to the instruction manual for the output software.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C R. * + > 720x1080 .12 Bd. Vd. x1. 1L : **.** m

4 The printer start printing.

During printing, the length of the printed part of the media is displayed.

Interrupting the printing operation

To interrupt the printing operation, stop the carriage by pressing the [REMOTE] key and erase the received data from the printer.

The next time the printer enters REMOTE mode, it would start printing with the data that was interrupted if the data has not been erased.

STEPS:

1 Press the [REMOTE] key to stop the printing operation.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

If data is being transmitted from the computer to the printer, stop the data transmission.

REMOTE PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [DATA CLEAR] key.

The data that has been received is erased.

graph LR
    A["DATA CLEAR"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C["DATA CLEAR\n<ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    E --> F["** DATA CLEAR **"]

Cutting the media after completion of printing

After completion of printing, cut the media at any desired position without using the [AUTO CUT] function.

Important!

■ Do not turn off the main power switch at the rear of the printer even after completion of printing. If the main power switch is turned off, nozzles may be clogged.
■ When the current head height is 4.0 mm or more, media cutting cannot be performed.
Head height is equal to [head gap] + [thickness of media]. (See 3-5)

■ With [AUTO CUT] function turned on, the printer automatically cuts the media every completion of printing each image. (Refer to “AUTO CUT (p.6-9)” )

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press a JOG key the appropriate number of times until the display turns as shown below, and then press the [FUNCTION] key.

Any of the JOG keys can be used.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["ORIGIN SET UP\n0.0 ----"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    D --> E["MEDIA CUT\n<ENT>"]

3 Press the [ENTER] key.

The printer cuts the media.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["ENTER"]
    C["MEDIA CUT\n<ENT>"] --> B
    B --> D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    D --> E["MEDIA CUTTING\nPLEASE WAIT"]

4 The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

The printer restores the same status as before entering printing mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Automatic cleaning

Setting can be made to select whether or not to clean the heads automatically during printing.

Reliable output results are always ensured if the heads are always kept clean.

The first cleaning is performed immediately before the first printing after the printer is started. Then subsequent cleaning is performed every printing on the specified length of media.

When five copies of an image 80 cm long are printed in series, cleaning is repeated before printing each of the 1st, 3rd, and 5th copies.

When operation interval is 1000 mm (example)

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Select [SET UP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

When the following display is shown, press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["FUNCTION"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    A --> C["FUNCTION\nSET UP <ENT>"]
    B --> D["ENTER"]
    C --> D
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    E --> F["SET UP\nSELECT : TYPE 1"]
    F --> G["ENTER"]

3 Select [AUTO CLEANING] by pressing the [▼] key 13 times and press the [ENTER] key.

When [AUTO CLEANING] is to be set to ON, select ON using the [▲] or [▼] key and confirm the selection by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B{1}
    B --> C["AUTO CLEANING <ent>"]
    D["ENTER"] --> E["DECIDE = [ENTER"]
DETAIL SET = [FUNC.]]
    E --> F["[1"]AUTO CLEANING
SET UP : ON]
    G["ENTER"] --> H["ENTER"]

4 Press the [FUNCTION] key.

FUNCTION CLEANING INTERVAL 10 - 10000mm INTERVAL : TYPE 1000mm : NORMAL

5 At this point, either of [CLEANING INTERVAL] and [CLEANING TYPE] can be selected by pressing the [◀] or [▶] key.

graph LR
    A["CLEANING INTERVAL\n10 - 10000mm"] --> B["←"]
    C["INTERVAL : TYPE\n1000mm : NORMAL"] --> B
    D["CLEANING TYPE\nSOFT / NORMAL / HARD"] --> E["→"]
    F["INTERVAL : TYPE\n1000mm : NORMAL"] --> E

6 Set the value of [CLEANING INTERVAL] using the [▲] or [▼] key. Change the display by pressing the [◀] or [▶] key, select a type on the [CLEANING TYPE] display using the [▲] or [▼] key, and press the [ENTER] key.

The initial value of [CLEANING INTERVAL] is 1000 mm.

[CLEANING TYPE]: SOFT, NORMAL, HARD

graph LR
    A["CLEANING INTERVAL\n10 - 10000mm"] --> B["→"]
    C["INTERVAL : TYPE\n1000mm : NORMAL"] --> B
    D["CLEANING TYPE\nSOFT / NORMAL / HARD"] --> B
    E["INTERVAL : TYPE\n1000mm : NORMAL"] --> B
    F["ENTER"] --> G["Arrow pointing to a button"]

7 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Display of [INK NEAR END] or [INK END]

A message appears when one of the two ink cartridges in a set is completely empty and the other is nearly empty.

Once the [INK NEAR END] message appears, printing can be continued but the ink may run out during printing.

Immediately replace the relevant ink cartridge with a new one.

■Once the red one of Cartridge LEDs starts flashing or [NEAR END] is indicated on the LCD, replace the ink cartridge without delay.

Never remove any cartridge if there is no cartridge to be installed in place of the cartridge to be removed. If any cartridge is kept removed without another one installed instead of the removed one, the ink supply path will dry, thus resulting in a malfunction of the printer. If ten minutes have passed with any cartridge removed and without another one installed, the printer will warn the operator by sounding the warning buzzer.

Before starting continuous printing, be sure to check the ink level for adequacy. The printer will stop printing if ink runs out during printing. In such a case, replacing an ink cartridge with a new one may result in a change in color.

Indication of remaining amount of ink for each cartridge

Pressing the [ENTER] key in REMOTE mode or LOCAL mode will display the remaining amount of ink. When an ink-related error has occurred, pressing the [INFORMATION] key will display the warning concerning the current supply cartridge. (Refer to "Function Flowchart [LOCAL mode] (p.6-40)")

See info. when you
hit a <INFOR.> key. 

INK NEAR END: displayed when a color of ink has been nearly used up.

The display indicates the color of ink that has been nearly used up.

The display shown below indicates that the black ink has been nearly used up.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C INK NEAR END ---- —KK ---- —

[INK NEAR END]

INK END: displayed when a color of ink has been completely used up.

The display indicates the color of ink that has been completely used up.

The display below indicates that the magenta ink has been completely used up.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C INK END MM— ——— ——— ———

[INK END]

STEPS FOR REPLACEMENT

Important!

■When a cartridge LED (red) is lit or flashing, replace the cartridge immediately. Never remove any cartridge if there is no cartridge to be installed in place of the cartridge to be removed. If any cartridge is kept removed without another one installed instead of the removed one, the ink supply path will dry, thus resulting in a malfunction of the printer. If ten minutes have passed with any cartridge removed and without another one installed, the printer will warn the operator by sounding the warning buzzer.

The replacement procedure described below is applied to a case where an error has occurred in both cartridges.

1 A message [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] appears during printing.

Once [INK NEAR END] appears, the printer returns to LOCAL mode and stops operation every completion of printing a single image.

Go to Step 2 after a stop of printing.

Once [INK END] appears, printing cannot be continued.

When replacement of a cartridge is required during printing, replace the cartridge for which the cartridge LED (red) is lit or flashing. Take care not to remove the cartridge for which the cartridge LED (green) is lit; removing it would discontinue printing.

R. 1 > [JV5-01] INK END MCYKKYCM [INK END][INK NEAR END]

2 Replace the ink cartridge with a new one.

Pull out the ink cartridge of the indicated color and then set a new ink cartridge.

Ink was finished. Exchange it. INK END M - C - K - Y C - M - FUNCTION END REMOTE ENTER

3 Set the printer in REMOTE mode.

Printing of the remaining images can be resumed.

Display ink information

The remaining amount of ink can be checked.

STEPS:

1 Press the [ENTER] key while the printer is in REMOTE mode.

The remaining amount of ink is displayed in nine steps using numbers 1 to 9. "1" indicates that only a little amount of ink is remaining. The higher the number, the more the remaining amount of ink. Also you can check the ink type currently used.

ENTER PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C R * > [JV5-01] **,** m → HS-INK YCMKKMCY REMAIN 34567899

2 Press the [ENTER] key.

The printer returns to REMOTE mode.

Important!

■ The ink remaining amount indication “1” does not mean INK NEAR END.

Turning the power off

After completing all desired operations with the printer, press the power switch on the front of the printer to turn the power off.

Before turning the power off, make sure that the printer is not receiving any data from the computer and that the printer has no data that has not been output yet.

Also make sure that the heads are located at the capping station.

Important!

■Do not turn off the main power switch on the rear face. The power is turned on periodically and the nozzle clogging preventive function is activated. (Flushing function)
If the main power switch is left turned off for an extended period of time, nozzles will be clogged. In such a case, the printer must be repaired by MIMAKI's service engineer.
- Keep the front cover and maintenance covers all closed. If any of the covers is open, the nozzle clogging preventive function will not be activated.
At turning off the power switch, the exhaust fan of the printer also stops. For ventilation, do not turn off the power switch immediately after printing.
■If the power to the printer was turned off without the heads capped, turn the power on again. The heads will return to the capping station, where they will be capped and prevented from drying.

If the power is turned off while the printer is engaged in printing, the heads may fail to be retracted in the capping station. If the heads are left without capped for an extended period of time, nozzles may be clogged.

STEPS:

1 Press the power switch on the front.

The lamp of the power switch goes out.

Line drawing of a hand adjusting a digital control panel on a pole (no text or symbols visible)

CHAPTER 4

Daily Maintenance

This chapter describes the recovery procedure for ink clogging and the cleaning procedure for each section.

Routine Maintenance 4-2

Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT] 4-7

Cleaning the nozzle [NOZZLE WASH] 4-10

Cleaning the ink discharge passage [DISWAY WASH] 4-13

When the operation of the printer is to be suspended for a long time [CUSTODY WASH] . 4-15

Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH] 4-19

PUMP tube cleaning 4-22

Wiper cleaning 4-24

Cleaning the heads and their surrounding parts ....4-27

Preventing nozzle clogging while power is off [SLEEP SET UP] 4-30

Setting periodical operations in stand-by mode [ROUTINE SETUP] 4-33

Other maintenance functions 4-39

When the waste ink tank is full 4-41

Replacing the wiper [WIPER EXCHANGE] 4-43

Replacing the cutter blade 4-45

Routine Maintenance

Be sure to perform maintenance of the printer periodically or whenever necessary so that the printer can be used with its inherent accuracy for a long time.

Precautions in cleaning

Icon Meaning
	When using the cleaning solution, be sure to wear the supplied protective glasses.
	The ink contains an organic solvent. When performing cleaning, be sure to wear gloves so that no ink will come in contact with your skin.
	Never disassemble the printer. Disassembling it can result in electric shock hazards or damage to the machine.Before starting maintenance work, be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable; otherwise, an unexpected accident may occur.
	Prevent moisture from entering the printer. Moisture inside the printer can cause electric shock hazards or damage to the machine.
	To ensure reliable ink jetting, it is necessary to have the printer perform ejection of a fine amount of ink (flushing) periodically while printing (output) is suspended for an extended period of time.When printing is to be suspended for a long time, turn off only the power switch in the front of the printer; leave the main power switch at the rear of the printer turned ON (in the position of | ) and leave the power cable connected.
	If organic solvent ink is mixed with water or alcohol, coagulation occurs.Do not wipe the nozzle face of the heads, the wiper or caps with water or alcohol. Doing so can cause nozzle clogging or printer failure.
	Do not use benzine, thinner, or any chemical agent containing abrasives. Such materials can deteriorate or deform the surface of covers.
	Do not apply lubricating oil or the like to any part inside the printer. Doing so can cause printing failure.
	Be careful not to allow the cleaning solution or ink to adhere to covers, as this may cause deterioration or discoloring of the surface of covers.

Notes on cleaning solution

Use the cleaning liquid dedicated for the ink being used.

ES3 INK	Cleaning solution MS2/ES3/HS kit 100 (SPC-0369)
HS INK

Cleaning exterior surfaces

If exterior surfaces of the printer is stained, dampen a soft cloth with water or a neutral detergent diluted with water, squeeze it and wipe the surfaces with the cloth.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with directional arrows and sparkles (no text or symbols)

Cleaning the platen

The platen may be stained with lint or paper dust produced by media cutting.

Brush or wipe dust from the platen with a soft brush, a dry cloth or paper towel.

If it is stained with ink, wipe it off with a paper towel containing a little amount of the cleaning solution.

When cleaning the platen, remember that dust and dirt can accumulate easily in the groove for the media press and the groove (cutter line) for media cutting.

■Before starting to clean the platen, make sure that the platen has cooled adequately.

Illustration of a hand cleaning a wall with decorative stars and arrows, no text or symbols present

Cleaning the media sensor

Using a cotton swab, clean the surface of the sensor of dust and dirt.

Illustration of a hand using a tool to adjust or install a metal panel on a cutting board (no text or symbols present)

Cleaning the media press

If media chips and dust accumulate between the media press and platen, there may be a case where media cannot be fed normally or chips or dust may adhere to nozzles, thus disturbing normal printing. To avoid such trouble, be sure to perform cleaning frequently.

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with a component and a warning symbol (no readable text or labels)

Opening a maintenance cover

Remove a maintenance cover to clean the inside of the printer. It is necessary to remove the appropriate one of the right and left maintenance cover, depending on the part to be cleaned. Remove one of the maintenance covers by the following procedure.

■ After removing the maintenance cover, take care not to touch the reading surface of the linear encoder scale. In addition, take care that the reading surface is not soiled or scratched.

■The print quality may be degraded if skin grease adheres to the wiper. Do not touch wiper with your bare hand.

Wiper Linear encoder scale

STEPS:

1 Remove the top two screws for the maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a control panel mounted on a vehicle chassis, with two sensors and mounting points (no text or symbols)

2 With the shaft of the frame as the fulcrum, turn over the maintenance cover toward the front so that it is placed in the vertical position.

Technical diagram of a device with directional arrows and control buttons (no text or symbols)

Pure mechanical diagram showing a lever mechanism with no text or symbols

3 Pull out the maintenance cover upward.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT]

The ink caps prevent the nozzles in the heads from drying and thus being clogged.

The wiper wipes off the ink adhering to nozzles.

As the printer is used, the wiper and ink caps gradually become stained with ink and dust.

If nozzle missing cannot be corrected even after executing the CLEANING function (Refer to “If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)”), use the supplied cleaning kit.

The cleaning kit contains the following items. Do not use alcohol or water.

cleaning solution (SPC-0369)

Dropper

Cotton swab

Gloves

You are recommend to perform cleaning frequently in order to maintain a high image quality and keep the printer in good condition.

■When cleaning the ink station or heads, be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves. If you do not use the goggle, you may get ink in your eyes.

■ Do not move the carriage out of the capping station by hand.

Follow the following procedure to move the carriage.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [ST.MAINT] key and press the [ENTER] key.

When [CARRIAGE OUT] is displayed, press the [ENTER] key. Then the carriage moves to above the platen.

graph TD
    A["ST.MAINT"] --> B["ST.Maintenance CARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]
    C["ENTER"] --> B

3 Open the right maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with diagonal lines and a central shaded section (no text or symbols)

4 Pull out the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a mechanical device with a black arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

5 Remove the ink from the wiper and the bracket using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

■Replace the wiper with a new one if it is badly soiled or curled. To replace the wiper, terminate the work instructed here first and then follow the wiper replacement procedure. (See 4-43)

Line drawing of a hand holding a tool, no text or symbols present

6 After cleaning the wiper, install it in position by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a device with a black arrow indicating a downward motion (no text or symbols present)

7 Wipe off ink or dirt adhering to the rubbers of the caps and the wiper cover using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

Be careful not to leave lint of the cotton swab. Lint may cause printing failure.

Ink cap

8 Close the maintenance cover, and press the [ENTER] key.

After performing the initial operation, the printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["ST.Maintenance\nCOMPLETED :end"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["*Being Initialized*\nNOT POW-OFF !!\nPLEASE WAIT"]

Cleaning the nozzle [NOZZLE WASH]

Perform cleaning of the nozzles in the heads to prevent them being clogged with coagulated ink.

■ Be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.

The ink contains an organic solvent. If ink settles on your skin, immediately wash it off with water. If you get ink in your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with a lot of clean water for at least 15 minutes. In doing so, also wash the back-side of eyelids to rinse ink away completely. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.

■If nozzle clogging cannot be corrected even after repeating the cleaning procedure described here several times, execute the [FILL UP INK] (Refer to "If nozzles cannot be unclogged [FILL UP INK] (p.3-32)"), [DISCHARGE&WASH] (Refer to "[DISCHARGE&WASH] (p.5-6)") functions. If the remedies instructed here do not work, contact your dealer or an office of MIMAKI.

■ If both of the two cartridges in a set are in [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] status, the nozzle cleaning function (ink suction) is not activated. Replace the cartridges that are in [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] status with ones containing a sufficient amount of ink.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["ST.MAINT"]
    B --> C["ST.MAINTENANCE\nCARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]

2 Select [NOZZLE WASH] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage will come out of the capping station.

Twice ST.MAINTENANCE NOZZLE WASH

3 Open the right maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with diagonal lines and a central shaded cover (no text or symbols)

4 Pull out the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a device with an arrow indicating the process (no text or symbols present)

5 Remove the ink from the wiper, bracket and the vicinity of the wiper insertion hole using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

■Replace the wiper with a new one if it is badly soiled or curled. To replace the wiper, terminate the work instructed here first and then follow the wiper replacement procedure. (See 4-43)

Illustration of a hand holding a tool with a clip, no text or symbols present

6 After cleaning the wiper, install it in position by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand using a tool to press or install electronic components, with no visible text or symbols.

7 Press the [ENTER] key.

Clean a wiper and

bracket.

ENTER

WIPER CLEANING

COMPLETED(NEXT) : ent

8 Fill the caps with the cleaning solution using a dropper.

Ink cap

9 Close the maintenance cover and press the [ENTER] key.

Fill a cap with

washing liquid fully

ENTER

Fill the liquid.

COMPLETED(NEXT) : ent

10 Set the time to wait using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Normally set 1 minute.

Input leaving time.

1 - 99 min

ENTER

Input range:

1 to 99 minutes

(In steps of 1 minute)

ST.MAINTENANCE

LEAVING TIME : 1 min

11 Press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage returns to the station. The nozzles are capped and the display shown below continues for the set waiting time during which suction of cleaning liquid and cleaning are performed.

On the lapse of the set waiting time, the printer performs the initial operation and returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized*"] --> B["NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    B --> C["PLEASE WAIT"]
    D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> E["L. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Cleaning the ink discharge passage [DISWAY WASH]

Use this function when the [PUMP TUBE WASH] function cannot be used.

There may be a chance that the ink discharge passage can be clogged with coagulated ink. To avoid clogging, clean the ink discharge passage once a week.

■ Be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.

■The ink contains an organic solvent. If ink settles on your skin, immediately wash it off with water. If you get ink in your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with a lot of clean water for at least 15 minutes. In doing so, also wash the back-side of eyelids to rinse ink away completely. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.

■ Do not move the carriage out of the capping station by hand. Select the [ST.MAINTENANCE] function to move the carriage.

■First make sure that the pump is not clogged. If the pump is clogged, the cleaning function does not work normally. When the [DISWAY WASH] function is executed, there may be a case where the cleaning liquid keeps staying in the caps without flowing out. In such a case, the pump may be clogged. If the pump is clogged, contact your dealer or a sales office of MIMAKI.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key. If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ST.MAINT ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT

2 Select [DISWAY WASH] by pressing the [▼] key three times and press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage will come out of the capping station.

Idle suction is performed in cycles of 5-second suction followed by 10-second pause.

3 times ST.MAINTENANCE DISWAY WASH

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg

Replace a waste ink tank. keyHIT is after the TANK exchange.

3 Open the right maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with diagonal lines and a central shaded section (no text or symbols)

4 Take the cleaning solution into the dropper.

During a pause of idle suction, drop cleaning liquid into a cap until just before it starts overflowing from the cap.

Repeat dropping the cleaning liquid into each of the other caps the same way.

Ink cap

5 Close the maintenance cover and press the [ENTER] key.

Fill a cal while

absorption stops.

ST.MAINTENANCE

COMPLETED : ent

ENTER

6 The printer performs idle suction for 30 seconds, and after initial operation, returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized*"] --> B["NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    C["PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["PRE PRT AFT"]
    D --> E["35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    F["L. * > [JV5-01"]] --> G["width : **** mm"]

When the operation of the printer is to be suspended for a long time [CUSTODY WASH]

When the operation of the printer is to be suspended for a week or more, use the [CUSTODY WASH] function to clean the nozzles in the heads and the ink discharge passage.

After the cleaning, store the printer properly.

■ Be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.
■The ink contains an organic solvent. If ink settles on your skin, immediately wash it off with water. If you get ink in your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with a lot of clean water for at least 15 minutes. In doing so, also wash the back-side of eyelids to rinse ink away completely. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.

■If there are cartridges that are in [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] status, the nozzle cleaning function (ink suction) is not activated. Replace the cartridges that are in [INK NEAR END] or [INK END] status with ones containing a sufficient amount of ink.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key. If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ST.MAINT → ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT

2 Select [CUSTODY WASH] by pressing the [▼] key four times and press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage will come out of the capping station.

4 times ST.MAINTENANCE CUSTODY WASH

3 Open the right maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with diagonal lines and a central shaded section (no text or symbols)

4 Pull out the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a device with a black arrow indicating the component (no text or symbols present)

5 Remove the ink from the wiper and the bracket using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

■Replace the wiper with a new one if it is badly soiled or curled. To replace the wiper, terminate the work instructed here first and then follow the wiper replacement procedure.(See 4-43)

Line drawing of a hand holding a tool, no text or symbols present

6 After cleaning the wiper, install it in position by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand using a tool to press or install electronic components, with no visible text or symbols.

7 Press the [ENTER] key.

Clean a wiper and

bracket.

ENTER

WIPER CLEANING

COMPLETED(NEXT) : ent

8 Fill the caps with the cleaning solution using a dropper.

Ink cap

9 Close the maintenance cover and press the [ENTER] key.

Fill a cap with

washing liquid fully

ENTER

Fill the liquid.

COMPLETED(NEXT) : ent

10 Set the time to wait using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Normally set 1 minute.

Input leaving time.

1 - 99 min

ST.MAINTENANCE

LEAVING TIME : 1 min

Input range:

1 to 99 minutes

(In steps of 1 minute)

11 Press the [ENTER] key.

Perform the nozzle cleaning.

On completion of the nozzle cleaning, the carriage moves to above the platen.

*Being Initialized*

NOT POW-OFF !!

PLEASE WAIT

12 Open the maintenance cover, and fill the caps with the cleaning solution using a dropper.

Since the printer performs idle suction operation intermittently, repeat this work several times to clean the ink discharge passage. Perform this operation with all the caps.

Ink cap

13 Close the maintenance cover and press the [ENTER] key.

The heads return to the station and after performing the initial operation, the printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized*"] --> B["NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    B --> C["PLEASE WAIT"]
    D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> E["L. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH]

Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH] or [Wiper cleaning] function, the tubes must be filled with the cleaning solution.

Filling the tubes with the cleaning solution [MaintWashLiquid]

Supply and discharge the cleaning liquid for the wiper and pump tubes.

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL.

keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg

Replace a

waste ink tank.

keyHIT is after the TANK exchange.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [HD.MAINTENANCE] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|Twice| B["MAINTENANCE\nHD.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Select [MaintWashLiquid] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["HD.Maintenance\nFILL UP INK <ent>"] -->|Twice| B["HD.Maintenance\nMaintWashLiquid <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

4 At this point, either of [FILLING UP] and [DISCHARGE] can be selected by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.

graph TD
    A["MaintWashLiquid\nFILLING UP <ent>"] --> B["←"]
    B --> C["→"]
    C --> D["MaintWashLiquid\nDISCHARGE <ent>"]
    D --> E["↓"]

To step 5 To step 10

5 Press the [ENTER] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and supply the cleaning solution.

Once the cartridge is installed, the supply of the cleaning liquid will start.

Cleaning liquid is drawn up and the tubes are filled with the cleaning liquid.

Go to step 6 when the cleaning liquid is to be supplied for the first time or to step 8 when it is to be supplied after the discharge of the old cleaning liquid.

graph LR
    A["ENTER"] --> B["Remove a wash liquid\ncartridge."]
    A --> C["There is a CARTRIDGE"]
    D["→"] --> E["Remove a filling\nup cartridge."]
    D --> F["There is a CARTRIDGE"]

Supply for the first time Supply after discharge

6 Set a filling liquid cartridge according to the instruction on the display.

graph LR
    A["Remove a wash liquid\ncartridge."] --> B["Set a filling up\ncartridge."]
    C["There is a CARTRIDGE"] --> B
    B --> D["CARTRIDGE : none"]

■Either of the following displays will appear if a problem with the filling liquid cartridge is detected.

graph TD
    A["Set a filling up\ncartridge."] --> B["CARTRIDGE : END"]
    C["Set a filling up\ncartridge."] --> D["CARTRIDGE : WRONG"]

7 The cleaning solution is supplied.

FILLING UP NOW. PLEASE WAIT * * * * * * * _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ * * * * * * * * _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ * * * * * * * * -

8 Set a cleaning liquid cartridge according to the instruction on the display.

graph LR
    A["Remove a filling\nup cartridge."] --> B["Set a washing\nliquid cartridge."]
    C["There is a CARTRIDGE"] --> B
    B --> D["CARTRIDGE : none"]

■Either of the following displays will appear if a problem with the cleaning liquid cartridge is detected.

graph TD
    A["Set a washing\nliquid cartridge."] --> B["CARTRIDGE : END"]
    C["Set a washing\nliquid cartridge."] --> D["CARTRIDGE : WRONG"]

9 The cleaning solution is supplied.

FILLING UP NOW. PLEASE WAIT * * * * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

10 The cleaning solution is discharged.

graph LR
    A["Remove a maint.wash.<br>liquid cartridge."] --> B["It'sBeingDischarged.<br>PLEASE WAIT"]
    C["There is a CARTRIDGE"] --> B

11 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

PUMP tube cleaning

Wash the two ink suction pumps of the four pumps installed in this printer.

By driving the cleaning liquid suction pump, wash the ink caps, ink exhaust passages, and the inside of the tubes of the ink suction pumps.

Washing will not be started if the cleaning liquid has not been supplied or if a warning is generated for the cleaning liquid cartridge or waste ink tank.

■Into the cleaning liquid cartridge slot, do not insert any cartridge other than the cleaning solution cartridge.

Important!

■ Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH] function, the tubes must be filled with the cleaning solution. For how to fill the tubes with the cleaning solution, refer to Chapter 4 “Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH]” (See 4-19).

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

No waste ink tank,or a tank is FULL.

Replace a waste ink tank.

keyHIT is after the TANK exchange.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ST.MAINT ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT

2 Select [PUMP TUBE WASH] by pressing the [▼] key five times and press the [ENTER] key.

5 times ST.MAINTENANCE PUMP TUBE WASH

■ The following display will appear if supply of cleaning liquid is required.

Fill with the maint. washing liquid. ***** ERROR 30 ***** OPERATION ERROR

3 The inside of the pump tubes is washed.

WASHING PLEASE WAIT PUMP TUBE WASH *****

Wiper cleaning

Bring the wiper into the wiper box and wash the wiper.

Washing will not be started if the cleaning liquid has not been supplied or the cleaning liquid cartridge has not been installed.

■Before executing the [WIPER WASH] function, the tubes must be filled with the cleaning solution. For how to fill the tubes with the cleaning solution, refer to Chapter 4 “Before executing the [PUMP TUBE WASH]” (See 4-19).

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ST.MAINT ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT

2 Select [WIPER WASH] by pressing the [▼] key five times and press the [ENTER] key.

6 times ST.MAINTENANCE WIPER WASH

■ The following display will appear if supply of cleaning liquid is required.

Fill with the maint. washing liquid. * * * * * ERROR 30 * * * * OPERATION ERROR

3 The cleaning solution is dripped onto the wiper.

After completion of the dripping, the carriage moves to above the platen.

WASHING PLEASE WAIT WIPER WASH *****

4 Open the right maintenance cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with diagonal lines and a central shaded section (no text or symbols)

5 Pull out the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a mechanical device with a black arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

6 Remove the ink from the wiper and the bracket using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

■Replace the wiper with a new one if it is badly soiled or curled. To replace the wiper, terminate the work instructed here first and then follow the wiper replacement procedure. (See 4-43)

Line drawing of a hand holding a tool, no text or symbols present

7 After cleaning the wiper, install it in position by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a device with a black arrow indicating a downward motion (no text or symbols present)

8 Wipe off ink or dirt adhering to the rubbers of the caps and the wiper cover using a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

Be careful not to leave lint of the cotton swab. Lint may cause printing failure.

Ink cap

9 Close the maintenance cover, and press the [ENTER] key.

After performing the initial operation, the printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["Clean a wiper and bracket."] --> B["ENTER"]
    C["WIPER WASH"] --> B
    D["COMPLETED : ent"] --> B
    B --> E["*Being Initialized* NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    B --> F["PLEASE WAIT"]

Cleaning the heads and their surrounding parts

[CR.MAINTENANCE]

Take great care, especially during cleaning, not to damage the heads, which employ very precise mechanisms. Using a cotton swab, rub off the gelatinous ink that may be adhering to the lower part of the slider and surrounding parts of the heads. In doing so, never rub the nozzle part of the heads.

■ Be sure to wear the supplied goggle and gloves.
■The ink contains an organic solvent. If ink settles on your skin, immediately wash it off with water. If you get ink in your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with a lot of clean water for at least 15 minutes. In doing so, also wash the backside of eyelids to rinse ink away completely. Then, consult a doctor as soon as possible.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key, and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [CR.MAINTENANCE] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|Once| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nCR.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 When [CARRIAGE OUT] is displayed, press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage moves to the left end of the printer body.

CR.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT : ent

4 Open the left maintenance cover and the front cover.

Technical diagram of a vehicle air intake system with labeled components and directional arrows indicating flow or movement.

5 Wipe ink and dirt off the head sides using a cotton swab.

Never rub the nozzle part. Clean the sides of the heads using a cotton swab.

6 After completing whole cleaning, press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["CR.Maintenance\nCOMPLETED : ent"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["Close a cover."]

7 Close the maintenance cover and the front cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols present)

8 The printer performs the initial operation and returns to LOCAL.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized*"] --> B["NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    B --> C["PLEASE WAIT"]
    D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> E["L. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Cleaning the head media sensor

Dust or ink sticking to the media sensor at the heads can cause a false detection of media. Wipe the dust and ink off with a soft cloth.

Media sensor at the heads

Preventing nozzle clogging while power is off [SLEEP SET UP]

Even while the power switch is off, the printer starts periodically and executes various functions to prevent nozzle clogging. [SLEEP SET UP] includes the following functions.

REFRESH Set	the interval at which refreshing operation is to be performed periodically.
TUBE WASH	Set the interval at which cleaning of the pump tubes is to be performed periodically.
CLEANING	Set the cleaning type and the interval at which cleaning operation is to be performed periodically.

Refreshing interval during sleep mode [REFERSH]

Set the interval at which the nozzles will eject a little volume of ink to prevent nozzle clogging.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [SLEEP SET UP] by pressing the [▼] key five times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|5 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nSLEEP SET UP <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Press the [ENTER] key, and set the interval time using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

graph LR
    A["Refresh interval in the sleep is set up."] --> B["SLEEP SET UP"]
    B --> C["REFRESH <ent>"]
    D["ENTER"] --> E["SLEEP SET UP"]
    E --> F["REFERSHinterval = 1h"]

4 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Tube cleaning interval during sleep mode [TUBE WASH]

Set the interval at which cleaning of the caps and pump tubes is to be performed using the cleaning solution during sleep mode.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [SLEEP SET UP] by pressing the [▼] key five times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|5 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nSLEEP SET UP <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Select [TUBE WASH] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Refresh interval in the sleep is set up."] --> B["Once"]
    C["SLEEP SET UP REFRESH <ent>"] --> B
    D["Washing interval in the sleep is set up."] --> E["ENTER"]
    F["SLEEP SET UP TUBE WASH = 1h"] --> E

4 Input the interval at which interval time is to be performed periodically, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["TUBE WASH"] --> B["WASH INTERVAL = 1h"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["PRE PRT AFT"]
    D --> E["35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    F["END"] --> G["L. * > [JV5-01"]]
    G --> H["width : **** mm"]

■ The following display will appear if supply of cleaning liquid is required.

** Washing liquid **

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

Cleaning interval during sleep mode [CLEANING]

This function is to be executed instead of TUBE WASH after the cleaning solution has been used up. Set the cleaning type and the interval at which cleaning operation is to be performed during sleep mode.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [SLEEP SET UP] by pressing the [▼] key five times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|5 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nSLEEP SET UP <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Select [CLEANING] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Refresh interval in the sleep is set up."] --> B["SLEEP SET UP"]
    B --> C["REFRESH <ent>"]
    D["Clean.worksAtTheTime of the WashLiquidEND"] --> E["SLEEP SET UP"]
    E --> F["CLEANING = 1h"]
    G["ENTER"] --> H["Arrow pointing to the second state"]

4 Select the interval at which cleaning is to be performed periodically, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Select [CLEAN. TYPE] using the [FUNCTION] key and set a cleaning type using the [▲] or [▼] key. Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

[CLEAN. INTERVAL] Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

[CLEAN. TYPE] : SOFT, NORMAL, HARD

graph LR
    A["DECIDE = [ENTER"]]
    B["CL.type SEL = [FUNC."]]
    C["SLEEP SET UP"]
    D["CLEAN. INTERVAL = 1 h"]
    E["ENTER"] --> F["FUNCTION"]
    F --> G["SLEEP SET UP"]
    F --> H["CLEAN. TYPE = NORMAL"]

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Setting periodical operations in stand-by mode [ROUTINE SETUP]

While the printer is waiting for the next printing job, it can perform various operations at fixed intervals to prevent ink clogging or the like.

The [ROUTINE SETUP] function is available for the following items:

ROUTINE WIPING	During printing, the printer performs nozzle face wiping at fixed intervals to remove condensation. [SCAN COUNT] and [TEMP.difference] can be set.
REFRESH Set the interval at which refreshing operation is to be performed periodically.
TUBE WASH Set the interval at which cleaning of the pump tubes is to be performed periodically.
CLEANING	Set the cleaning type and the interval at which cleaning operation is to be performed periodically.

Preventing ink condensation on the nozzle face [ROUTINE WIPING]

With the temperature of the print heater having been set high or use of a larger amount of ink (high concentration, two-layer application, etc.) having been set, “ink splaying”, “ink drops falling”, or “nozzle missing” may occur.

The cause of these phenomena is such that the ink of the print is heated by the print heater immediately after printing and resultantly evaporated solvent may condense on the nozzle face.

The greater the difference between the setting temperature of the print heater and the ambient temperature is, the more easily ink can condense.

This function wipes the condensed ink off the nozzle face at intervals during printing.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [ROUTINE SETUP] by pressing the [▼] key six times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|6 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nROUTINE SETUP <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Press the [ENTER] key.

Once [SCAN COUNT] is displayed, press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Wiping in the drawing is set up."] --> B["ROUTINE SETUP ROUTINE WIPING <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["The interval of wiping is set up. ROUTINE WIPING SCAN COUNT <ent>"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]

4 At this point, either of [SCAN COUNT] and [TEMP.difference] can be selected by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.

graph LR
    A["The interval of wiping is set up."] --> B["ROUTINE WIPING SCAN COUNT <ent>"]
    C["Set up a difference in Temperature."] --> D["ROUTINE WIPING TEMP.difference <ent>"]
    B <--> D

5 Press the [ENTER] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and input the value of SCAN COUNT using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["ENTER"] --> B["0 - 9990cnt (0 = OFF)"]
    B --> C["ROUTINE WIPING"]
    C --> D["SCAN COUNT = 50"]

■ The initial value of SCAN COUNT is 0 (no wipe). Change the setting value according to the conditions of use.

Set SCAN COUNT to about 30 to 50 when the heater temperature is set to 50 °C or above or ink is to be applied in two or more layers.

6 Press the [▼] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and input the value of TEMP.difference.

Input a value of temperature difference using the [] or [] key, and register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Set up a difference in Temperature."] --> B["ROUTINE WIPING TEMP.difference <ent>"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["1 - 60 °C"]
    E["ENTER"] --> F["ROUTINE WIPING TEMP.DIFF. = 20 °C"]

■ The ROUTINE WIPING function is activated when the setting temperature of the print heater is higher than the ambient temperature and the difference is larger than the value of “TEMP.difference”.

7 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Periodical refresh interval [REFERSH]

Set the interval at which refreshing operation is to be performed periodically.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [ROUTINE SETUP] by pressing the [▼] key six times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|6 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nROUTINE SETUP <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Select [REFRESH] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Wiping in the drawing is set up."] --> B["Once"]
    C["ROUTINE SETUP ROUTINE WIPING <ent>"] --> B
    B --> D["RefreshIntervalInThe stand by is set up."]
    D --> E["RETURN SETUP REFRESH <ent>"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

4 Input the interval at which refreshing operation is to be performed periodically, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["ROUTINE SETUP\nREFRESHinterval = 1h"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["END"]
    C --> D["PREF PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

Periodical tube cleaning interval [TUBE WASH]

There may be a chance that ink tubes can be clogged with coagulated ink.

To avoid clogging, clean the ink tubes at regular intervals.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [ROUTINE SETUP] by pressing the [▼] key six times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|6 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nROUTINE SETUP <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Select [TUBE WASH] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Wiping in the drawing is set up."] --> B["Twice"]
    C["ROUTINE SETUP ROUTINE WIPING <ent>"] --> B
    B --> D["WashingIntervalInThe stand by is set up."]
    D --> E["ROUTINE SETUP TUBE WASH <ent>"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

4 Input the interval at which cleaning operation is to be performed periodically, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["ROUTINE SETUP<br>WASH INTERVAL = 1h"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["END"]
    C --> D["PREF RPT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    D --> E["L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm]

■ The following display will appear if supply of cleaning liquid is required.

** Washing liquid **

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

Periodical cleaning interval [CLEANING]

This function is to be executed instead of TUBE WASH after the cleaning solution has been used up. Set the cleaning type and the intervals at which cleaning operation is to be performed.

Important!

■This function does not operate when the error message relating to ink, such as INK NEAR END or INK END, is displayed.
■ While this function is being executed, the display indicates the progress of cleaning and no key operation is available. (Refer to “If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)” )
■This function operates only when the printer is left with the display as shown below:

PRE PRT AFT35°C 40°C 50°C

L. * > [JV5-01]width : **** mm

PRE PRT AFT35°C 40°C 50°C

R. * > [JV5-01]

**,** m

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [ROUTINE SETUP] by pressing the [▼] key six times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|6 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nROUTINE SETUP <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Select [CLEANING] by pressing the [▼] key three times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Wiping in the drawing is set up."] --> B["ROUTINE SETUP ROUTINE WIPING <ent>"]
    B --> C["3 times"]
    C --> D["Clean.worksAtTheTime of the WashLiquidEND"]
    D --> E["ROUTINE SETUP CLEANING <ent>"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

4 Select the interval at which cleaning is to be performed periodically, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Select [CLEAN. TYPE] using the [FUNCTION] key and set a cleaning type using the [▲] or [▼] key.

[CLEAN. INTERVAL] Input range: OFF, 1 to 168

[CLEAN. TYPE] : SOFT, NORMAL, HARD

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["DECIDE = [ENTER"]
CL.type SEL = [FUNC.]]
    B["ROUTINE SETUP<br>CLEAN. INTERVAL = 1 h"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["FUNCTION"]
    D --> E["ROUTINE SETUP<br>CLEAN. TYPE : NORMAL"]

5 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Other maintenance functions

Changing the time for warning of wiper replacement [WIPER LEVEL]

The wiper is consumable. The heads are easily soiled in a dusty environment.

The heads cannot be cleaned adequately with a curled or worn wiper. This printer gives the wiper replacement warning earlier than standard depending on the operating environment.

Soiled wiper Curled wiper

Examples of defective wiper

10/10	Displays the wiper replacement warning when wiping has been performed the standard number of times. (Initial value)
9/10	Displays the wiper replacement warning when wiping has been performed nine tenths of the standard number of times.
8/10	Displays the wiper replacement warning when wiping has been performed eight tenths of the standard number of times.
1/10	Displays the wiper replacement warning when wiping has been performed one tenth of the standard number of times.

Available setting values of time for warning of wiper replacement

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [WIPER LEVEL] by pressing the [▼] key seven times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|7 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nWIPER LEVEL <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Input the WIPER LEVEL, using the [▲] or [▼] key.

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

10/10 - 1/10 WIPER LEVEL LEVEL : 10/10 ENTER END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [ width : **** mm

J

4 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

When the waste ink tank is full

Waste ink, which was used for cleaning the heads and other parts, gathers in the waste ink tank.

When either of the following error message is displayed, replace the waste ink tank with a new one without delay.

FULL, or NONE.

! NearFULL WASTE TANKA waste ink tank is

■ Use only the waste ink tank dedicated for JV5 (SPC-0128).

If any tank other than the dedicated one is used, the remaining capacity for waste ink cannot be detected properly, so that waste ink may leak out from the tank.

STEPS:

1 Remove the screw for the waste ink tank guard and open the waste ink tank guard.
2 Raise the waste ink tank by holding the larger handle. With the tank raised, turn the tank by 90 degrees. Then pull the tank down and toward you.

Important!

■When pulling out the waste ink tank, hold the opening of the waste ink tank with paper and then slowly pull it out with care not to let waste ink spatter out.
■Before replacing the waste ink tank, spread a sheet of paper on the floor to prevent it from being stained with ink.

Technical diagram showing a gas cylinder being inserted into a mechanical device with labeled components and directional arrows.

3 Replace the waste ink tank with a new one.

By holding the handle, insert the new tank in the direction of the arrow. Put the cap on the tank that is full of waste ink and dispose of the tank.

4 By holding the larger handle of the new waste ink tank, put the tank into the bracket from the right direction.

5 Raise the inserted waste ink tank and turn it by 90 degrees rearward.

Make sure that the smaller handle is positioned in the front.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or flow.

6 Close the waste ink tank guard, and secure it with the screw so that the waste ink tank is secured.

Replacing the wiper [WIPER EXCHANGE]

The wiper is consumable.

When the display indicates that it is necessary to replace the wiper, immediately replace the wiper with a new one. (Solvent wiper kit : SPA-0125)

■ Do not select [WIPER EXCHANGE] at any time other than when the wiper is to be replaced.

Once it is selected, the number of wiper operations that is counted in the printer will be reset.

■ The wiper to be newly installed is available as an option.

Order it from your dealer or a sales office of MIMAKI.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key.

[CARRIAGE OUT] is displayed.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["ST.MAINT"]
    B --> C["ST.MAINTENANCE\nCARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]

2 Select [WIPER EXCHANGE] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage will come out of the capping station.

Once ST.MAINTENANCE WIPER EXCHANGE

3Open the right maintenance cover, and remove the wiper.

Pull out the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Use the gloves that are supplied as an item of the cleaning kit to protect your hands from stains.

Technical line drawing of a hand using a tool to press or install electronic components on a baseplate (no text or symbols visible)

4 Clean the wiper guide shaft using a cotton swab or cloth.

If dirt is hard to remove, use a cotton swab dampened with the cleaning solution.

Technical line drawing of a hand operating a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

5 Install the wiper by holding the projections at both ends.

Technical line drawing of a hand using a tool to press or install electronic components on a baseplate (no text or symbols present)

6 Close the maintenance cover, and press the [ENTER] key.

ST.MAINTENANCE COMPLETED : ent

7 The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized\nNOT POW-OFF !!"] --> B["PLEASE WAIT"]
    C["PREF RPT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> D["L. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Replacing the cutter blade

The cutter blade is consumable.

When the cutter blade gets dull, replace it with a new one (SPA-0126).

■ The blade is sharp. Be careful not to hurt yourself or anyone else.
- Keep the cutter blades away from the reach of children.

Be sure to dispose of the worn-out cutter blades according to the applicable national and local laws and regulations.

■ When replacing the cutter blade, it is recommended to place a sheet of paper under the cutter blade. This will help pick up the cutter blade if it drops.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [ST.MAINT] key. If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["ST.MAINT"]
    B --> C["ST.MAINTENANCE\nCARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Press the [ENTER] key.

The carriage will come out of the capping station.

3 Open the front cover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with a highlighted internal component and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

4 Loosen the screw securing the cutter unit and remove the cutter unit.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting bracket and rotating component (no text or symbols)

5 Remove the roller, and install it on the new cutter blade holder assembly.

Roller of cutter unit

6 Install the new cutter unit.

Tighten the screw to secure the new cutter unit.

7 Close the front cover, and press the [ENTER] key.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

graph LR
    A["*Being Initialized*"] --> B["NOT POW-OFF !!"]
    C["PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

CHAPTER 5

In Case of Trouble

This chapter describes the actions to be taken when the printer develops any trouble.

Before taking a phenomenon as a failure 5-2

If image quality is poor ....5-4

Ink cartridge trouble 5-11

Troubles for which error messages are displayed .....5-13

Before taking a phenomenon as a failure

This section describes the corrective actions to be taken at the occurrence of trouble without any error message displayed. Take appropriate actions as described below before taking the trouble as a failure. If still the problem cannot be solved, contact your dealer or an office of MIMAKI.

Power does not turn on

In most cases, this is due to improper connection of the power cable for the printer or computer. Check that the power cable is connected properly.

graph TD
    A["Is the power cable connected to the printer?"] -->|Yes| B["Is the main switch ON?"]
    A -->|No| C["Securely connect the power cable."]
    B -->|Yes| D["Does the power turn off immediately after initial operation?"]
    B -->|No| E["Turn on the main switch. (p. 3-3)"]
    D -->|Yes| F["Turn on the power switch on the front of the printer. (p. 3-3)"]
    D -->|No| G["End"]

The printer cannot perform printing

This occurs when the data is not being transmitted to the printer properly. It can also occur when the printing function does not work properly or the media is not set correctly.

graph TD
    A["Is the correct interface cable used?"] -->|Yes| B["Is the interface cable properly connected?"]
    A -->|No| C["Use the cable exclusive for the device."]
    B -->|Yes| D["Is the message on the display indicating that ink has run out?"]
    B -->|No| E["Securely connect the interface cable."]
    D -->|Yes| F["Replace the ink cartridge with a new one. (p. 3-46)"]
    D -->|No| G["End"]

Media jamming arises / media is soiled

Media jamming or stained media is considered to be due to the use of an unsuitable media or improper setting of media.

graph TD
    A["Is a recommended media used?"] -->|No| B["Use recommended media. (p. 1-17)"]
    A -->|Yes| C["Is the media free of curls and bent ends?"]
    C -->|No| D["Avoid using any media with curls or bent ends."]
    C -->|Yes| E["Is the media hanging down along the platen?"]
    E -->|No| F["Use a take-up device or re-load the media on the printer. (p. 3-7)"]

[HEAT] or [CONSTANT] LED does not light up

Check the basic operation.

graph TD
    A["Is the power to the printer ON?"] -->|Yes| B["Is the power to the heater ON? Turn on the power to the heater."]
    A -->|No| C["Turn on the power to the printer. (p. 3-3)"]
    B -->|Yes| D["Is the heater temperature setting effective?"]
    B -->|No| E["Set the heater temperature. (p. 6-29)"]
    D -->|Yes| F["Is the power to the heater ON? Turn on the power to the heater."]
    D -->|No| G["Set the heater temperature setting effective?"]

If image quality is poor

This section describes the corrective actions to be taken in case the image quality is not satisfactory. Take remedy for particular problems with image quality. If the remedy does not work, contact your dealer or an office of MIMAKI.

White lines / blur (sprayed ink) / dark stripes (in the direction of travel of the heads)

Imai

Remedy

1. Execute the head cleaning.(Refer to "If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)")
2. Perform maintenance of the inside of the station. (Refer to “Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT] (p.4-7)” )
3. Execute the [FEED COMP.] function. (Refer to “Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP.] (p.3-34)” )
4. Remove pieces of paper or the like, if any, from the path of the heads, for example, above the media plate.
5. Lessen the head gap, and check printing. (Refer to "Adjusting the head gap (p.3-5)")

Characters are double- or triple-printed in the media feed direction

Remedy

Execute the [FEED COMP.] function.

(Refer to "Correcting the media feed rate [MEDIA COMP.] (p.3-34)")

Disagreement in print positions between outward trip and homeward trip (jet deviation)

Abstract pattern of dotted lines forming a grid-like structure (no text or symbols)

Remedy

Execute the [DROP.POScorrect] function.

(Refer to "If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)")

There is staggered print or nozzle missing

Staggered print Nozzle missing

Remedy

Execute the head cleaning [NORMAL].

(Refer to "If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)")

Ink drops falling on media during printing (ink drops falling)

Illustration of plant stems with leaves and stems, no text or symbols present

Remedy

1. Execute the wiper cleaning.
2. Execute the ink cap cleaning.
   (Refer to "Cleaning the wiper and ink caps [CARRIAGE OUT] (p.4-7)")
3. Execute the head cleaning [NORMAL].
   (Refer to "If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)")

If nozzles are still clogged even after head cleaning

Execute the following two functions if blocked nozzles are not unclogged even by executing HEAD CLEANING (Refer to "If the printed pattern is abnormal (Cleaning) (p.3-30)") and NOZZLE WASH (Refer to "Cleaning the nozzle [NOZZLE WASH] (p.4-10)").

FILL UP INK	Supplies ink to correct nozzle clogging.(Refer to “If nozzles cannot be unclogged [FILL UP INK] (p.3-32)” )
DISCHARGE&WASH	Discharges ink from the heads, dampers and ink tubes, and washes them with an cleaning solution cartridge (option).

[DISCHARGE&WASH]

Discharge ink from the heads, dampers and ink tubes, and washe them.

■If there is a problem with the waste ink tank, the display will show either of the following messages.

Follow the displayed instructions to restore the normal conditions.

No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg

Replace a waste ink tank. keyHIT is after the TANK exchange.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [HD.MAINTENANCE] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|Twice| B["MAINTENANCE\nHD.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Select [DISCHARGE&WASH] by pressing the [▼] key once and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["Once"] --> B["ENTER"]
    A --> C["HD.Maintenance\nFILL UP INK <ent>"]
    C --> D["HD.Maintenance\nDISCHARGE&WASH <ent>"]

4 Remove the ink cartridges.

Ink is discharged to the waste ink tank.

graph LR
    A["Ink discharge.<br>Remove cartridges."] --> B["MMCC YYKK KKYY CCMM"]
    C["Being discharged<br>PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["*******__"]

5 When the display shown below appears, set the cleaning liquid cartridge in the ink station.

Cleaning liquid is drawn up.

graph LR
    A["Set all washing liquid cartridges."] --> B["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    C["It is being absorbed PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["**********-"]

6 When the display shown below appears, remove the cleaning liquid cartridge from the ink station.

The cleaning liquid drawn up is discharged to the waste ink tank.

graph LR
    A["Remove all washing liquid cartridges."] --> B["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    C["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["*******----"]

7 When the display shown below appears, set the cleaning liquid cartridge in the ink station.

Cleaning liquid is drawn up.

graph LR
    A["Set all washing\nliquid cartridges."] --> B["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    B --> C["It is being absorbed\nPLEASE WAIT"]
    C --> D["**********- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -"]

8 When the display shown below appears, remove the cleaning liquid cartridge from the ink station.

The cleaning liquid drawn up is discharged to the waste ink tank.

graph LR
    A["Remove all washing liquid cartridges."] --> B["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    C["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"] --> D["**********-"]

9 On completion of one washing process, the display shown below appears.

If the heads are to be washed again, return to step 5 by pressing the [▶] key.

To terminate washing, press the [◀] key.

The display changes as shown below when all steps have been completed.

graph TD
    A["Please select according to situation."] --> B["COMPLETED < > W A S H"]

10 Press the [◀] key when this function is to be terminated without discharging the cleaning solution.

Press the [▶] key when this function is to be terminated after discharging the cleaning solution.

If the washing procedure is to be terminated, press the [◀] key to go to step 12.

Do you discharge a mainte.Wash.liquid ? No < > Yes

11 When the display shown below appears, remove the cleaning liquid cartridge from the ink station.

The cleaning liquid drawn up is discharged to the waste ink tank.

graph LR
    A["Remove a maint.wash.<br>liquid cartridge."] --> B["It'sBeingDischarged.<br>PLEASE WAIT"]
    C["There is a CARTRIDGE"] --> B

12 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to ink filling mode.

END HD.MAINTENANCE DISCHARGE&WASH

■ An adjustment by a service engineer is required if you change ink types when performing ink filling.

When nozzle clogging is not corrected [HEAD SELECT]

If nozzles cannot be unclogged, make setting so that the printer will not use the head(s) with clogged nozzles. However, this function is available for printing operation (including nozzle check) and cleaning; ink filling function is applied to all the heads.

■ The setting for the [HEAD SELECT] function can be made also by the MRL-III command (QH). However, the command cannot select any of the heads for which setting has been made by the [HEAD SELECT] function so that they are not to be used.

1234

Printing with all 4 staggered heads

123 -

Printing with 3 staggered heads, excluding head 4

- 234

Printing with 3 staggered heads, excluding head 1

12 --

Printing with 2 staggered heads, excluding heads 3 and 4

- 23 -

Printing with 2 staggered heads, excluding heads 1 and 4

- 34

Printing with 2 staggered heads, excluding heads 1 and 2

1 ---

Printing with one head, excluding heads 2, 3 and 4

-2--

Printing with one head, excluding heads 1, 3 and 4

- 3 -

Printing with one head, excluding heads 1, 2 and 4

- 4

Printing with one head, excluding heads 1, 2 and 3

The default is “printing with all 4 staggered heads”.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [HEAD SELECT] by pressing the [▼] key eight times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|8 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nHEAD SELECT <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Select the head(s) to be used for printing, using the [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] key.

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

HEAD SELECT SELECT : 1234 COMbinations of heads: [1234] [123-], [-234] [12--], [-23-], [--34] [1---], [-2--], [--3-], [---4]

4 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Ink cartridge trouble

If an ink cartridge trouble is detected, a warning message appears and none of printing, cleaning and all the other operations that use ink is available. When this is the case, replace the ink cartridge in question immediately.

- Once cartridge trouble is displayed, do not leave the ink cartridge without replacing it for a long time; otherwise, the printer will lose the nozzle clogging prevention function. If nozzles are clogged, the printer must be repaired by MIMAKI's service engineer.

Displaying the description of ink cartridge trouble

The type of the cartridge trouble can be identified. (See 5-14)

STEPS:

1 Press the [ENTER] key while the printer is in LOCAL mode.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm ENTER

2 Press the [INFORMATION] key.

Two or more cartridge troubles, if any, can be displayed in turn by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key. Press the [INFORMATION] key or [END] key to return to the display of the remaining amount of ink.

graph LR
    A["HS-INK YCMKKMCY\nREMAIN 3 4567899"] -->|INFORMATION| B["Set a Mimaki\nOriginal ink."]
    B --> C["NON-ORIGINAL INK\nY-C- ---K ---- C-Y-"]

If ERROR 202 [DEVICE CONSTRUCTION] is displayed

This printer checks its configuration every time it starts.

The configuration checking function checks the resource configuration necessary for use of this printer. When there is an error in any element of the printer, the printer can be started by disconnecting the faulty element.

1	HDC check Checks for any error in the HDC.
2	Head connection check	Checks for any error in connection of any of Head 1 to 4.
3	Head memory check Checks for any error in access to head memory.
4	SDRAM check Checks for any error in SDRAM.

If the results of the checks 1 to 4 above show that any error has occurred, the display shows the configuration error (ERROR 202), and the printer discontinues starting.

By pressing the [ENTER] key with the configuration error displayed, you can check the detailed results of the checks and restart the printer with a limited resource configuration.

**** ERROR 202 **** DEVICE CONSTRUCTION Wrong Point Was Found To The Composition. :ent

Checking the detailed results of the checks

If the checks 1 to 3 shows any error, an element developing an error is marked with “X”, while a questionable element is marked with “?”. The check 4 result shows the available size of SDRAM.

graph LR
    A["RESULTof DIAGNOSIS\nHDC : 123x HEAD : 12x?"] --> B["ENTER"]
    C["HEAD-MEM : 12x4\nSDRAM : 0.5GB (1GB)"] --> B
    B --> D["HEAD12 .. is Not-USE!"]
    D --> E["Possible composition\nHEAD .. 34 OK ? :ent"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

Confirming the starting with a limited configuration

The available configuration is displayed. Pressing the [ENTER] key will restart the printer.

If there is any error detected by the checks 1 to 3, limited heads are available.

If an error has been detected by the check 4, the error (ERROR 203) is displayed at transition from LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode and at start of printing.

The settings of an limited configuration are not stored in memory, and thus the printer checks its configuration every time it starts.

When the printer has been started with a limited configuration, you can check the detailed results of the checks using the guidance function.

■If the display shows the message [ERROR203 SDRAM SIZE], turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.

(When there is available SDRAM mounted, the printer can be started without expanding SDRAM. However, printing speed may drop depending on the resolution.)

Troubles for which error messages are displayed

If some trouble occurs, the buzzer sounds and the display shows a corresponding error message. Take an appropriate remedy for the displayed error.

Checking error history [ERROR HISTORY]

The information about the error or warning status the printer is currently in and the history of errors and warnings the printer has developed up to now can be checked by opening the [ERROR HISTORY] display.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then press the [INFORMATION] key. [ERROR HISTORY] is displayed.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["INFORMATION"]
    B --> C["INFORMATION\nERROR HISTORY <ent>"]

2 The history of errors can be displayed using the [▲] or [▼] key.

ERROR HISTORY [01] 05. 09. 29 08 : 18 ***** ERROR 09 ***** HDC ERROR

3 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Warning messages

Warning messages will appear chiefly to warn of the conditions of heaters or ink cartridges.

Warning message Cause Remedy
Close a cover.		An open cover was detected. Check the front cover and maintenance covers.If the same error message appears again even after closing all the covers, contact your local distributor to call for service.
** NO MEDIA **		No media was detected. Set media. (See 3-7)
!EXCHANGE BATTERY		The battery of RTC has run down. Contact your local distributor to call for service.
L.1> [JV5-01] !Replace a WIPER		Time to replace the wiper in the capping station with a new one has come. (The wiping count has reached the specified value.)
L.1> [JV5-01] !Do TEST DRAW		The nozzle recovery cannot be expected because the printer has been left standing for a prolonged period of time.
Heater Power OFF		The power to the heaters is off. Turn on the power to the heaters. (See 3-22)If the same error message appears again even after turning on the power to the heaters, contact your local distributor to call for service.
PRE PRT AFT BREAK **°C **°C		A heater is disconnected. (This example shows that preheater is disconnected.)
PRE PRT AFT THERM **°C **°C		The thermistor of a heater is defective. (This example shows that the thermistor of preheater is defective.)
*Media can't be CUT*		The heads are positioned too high to permit media cutting. Cut the media by manual operation. (See 6-34)
L.*> [JV5-01] NEAR END MCYK ----		Ink for one supply path has been nearly used up. Replace the cartridge for the supply path corresponding to the indicated color. (See 3-46)Printing is permitted without replacing the cartridge (until INK END is displayed). However, the printer returns to local mode every completion of printing one file.
R.*> [JV5-01] NEAR END MCYK ----
L.*> [JV5-01] INK END ---- KYCM		Ink for one supply path has been completely used up. Replace the cartridge for the supply path corresponding to the indicated color. (See 3-46)
R.*> [JV5-01] INK END ---- KYCM
L.*> !CAR [JV5-01]		There is a problem with installed ink cartridges. (If this occurs together with any other warning, the display shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)
R.*> !CAR [JV5-01]
L.*> !TNK [JV5-01]	There is a problem with the waste ink tank.(If this occurs together with any other warning, the display shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)	Check that the waste ink tank has been installed and it is not full.
R.*> !TNK [JV5-01]
L.*> !WSH [JV5-01]	There is a problem with the installed cleaning solution cartridge.(If this occurs together with any other warning, the display shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)	Check that the cleaning solution cartridge has been set properly.
R.*> !WSH [JV5-01]
L.*> !NC [JV5-01]	There is a problem with the NCU. On the [NCU]-[COND.INDICATION] display, check the current error in the NCU.Operation can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection function.
R.*> !NC [JV5-01]
INK NEAR ENDMMCC ---- ----	The ink of the ink cartridge has been nearly used up.	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.
INK END---- YYKK ---- ----	The ink of the ink cartridge has been completely used up.	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.
NON-ORIGINAL INK---- ---- KKYY ----	The ink cartridge is not MIMAKI genuine.	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a MIMAKI genuine.
WRONG INK IC---- ---- ---- CCMM	The IC chip of the ink cartridge cannot be read normally.	Remove the cartridge generating the warning once and install it again.If the same warning message still appears, contact your local distributor to call for service.
Kind of INK---- ---- ---- ----	The ink of the ink cartridge is different in type from the ink currently supplied.	Check the ink type of the cartridge generating the warning.
Color of INK---- ---- ---- ----	The ink of the ink cartridge is different in color from the ink currently supplied.	Check the ink color of the cartridge generating the warning.
WRONG CARTRIDGE---- ---- ---- ----	There is trouble with an installed ink cartridge.	Check the cartridge generating the warning.
NO CARTRIDGE---- ---- ---- ----	An ink cartridge has not been installed in the slot.	Install an appropriate cartridge in the slot generating the warning.
Expiration---- ---- ---- ----	The specified expiration date of an ink cartridge has passed.	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.The cartridge may be used until one month passes after the specified expiration date.
Expiration: 1MONTH---- ---- ---- ----	The expiration date of an ink cartridge has passed (one month has passed after the specified expiration date).	The red LED blinks. Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.The cartridge may be used until two months pass after the specified expiration date.
Expiration: 2MONTH---- ---- ---- ----	The expiration date of an ink cartridge has passed (two months have passed after the specified expiration date).	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.
INK REMAIN ZERO---- ---- ---- ----	Remaining amount of ink in an ink cartridge is zero.	Replace the cartridge generating the warning with a new one.
!WasteTANKFULL/NONE	The waste ink tank is full or has not been installed.	Check the waste ink tank.(See 4-41)
!NearFULL WASTE TANK	The waste ink tank is nearly full. Replace the waste ink tank with a new onc. (See 4-41)
!Wash Liquid END	The cleaning liquid cartridge is empty. Replace the cleaning solution cartridge with a new one.
!WashLiquidCart.NONE	The cleaning liquid cartridge has not been installed.	Install the cleaning solution cartridge.
!WRONG WASH CART.	There is trouble with cleaning liquid cartridge.	Check the cleaning solution cartridge.
** Washing liquid ** ** un-filling up. **	cleaning solution has not been supplied.	Supply the cleaning solution. Execute [MAINTENANCE] - [HD.MAINTENANCE] - [FILL UP INK]. (See 3-32)

Error messages

Error messages indicates error numbers.

If any error message is displayed, turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while.

If the same error message appears again, contact your dealer or an office of MIMAKI to call for service.

Error message Cause Remedy
***** ERROR 01 ***** MAIN ROM	An error occurred in the circuit board system.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
***** ERROR 02 ***** MAIN RAM	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 03 ***** POWER +3.3V	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 03 ***** POWER +5V	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 03 ***** POWER +24V	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 03 ***** POWER +42V	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 04 ***** F-ROM	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 06 ***** SD-RAM	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 07 ***** HEAD (----)	An error in heads was detected.
***** ERROR 07 ***** VOLTAGE (----)	An error in heads was detected.
***** ERROR 08 ***** LinearENCODER:SENSOR	An error occurred in the linear encoder.
***** ERROR 08 ***** LinearENCODER:DIR.	An error occurred in the linear encoder.
***** ERROR 08 ***** LinearENCODER:COUNT	An error occurred in detection by the linear encoder.(Read-out count error)
***** ERROR 09 ***** FPGA ERROR	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 09 ***** HDC ERROR (----)	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
***** ERROR 10 ***** COMMAND ERROR	The printer received some data other than command data.	Securely connect the interface cable in position.Use an interface cable conforming to the specifications.
***** ERROR 11 ***** PARAMETER ERROR	Any parameter outside the range of acceptable numeric values was received.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
***** ERROR 16 ***** MRL COMMAND	An error occurred in the control system.	Transmit data that is compatible with the command system supported by this printer.
***** ERROR 20 ***** I/F BOARD 01	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 20 ***** I/F BOARD 02	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 20 ***** I/F BOARD 03	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 20 ***** I/F BOARD 04	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 21 ***** I/F NONE	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 23 ***** HOST I/F	Timeout error occurred during commu-nication between the host computer and the interface board for IEEE-1394 connection.	Check that the cable is securely con- nected to the host computer and inter-face board. Also, check to see if any error has occurred on the host com-puter.
***** ERROR 24 ***** I/F INITIAL	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 25 ***** FULL-SPEED	An error occurred in communication between the host computer and the interface board for USB2.0 connec-tion.(Full-Speed mode connection)	Check that the host PC supports the USB2.0 interface.(Communication can be resumed with-out changing any setting. However, it is recommend to use the connection in High-Speed mode.)
***** ERROR 25 ***** PACKET SIZE OVER	An error occurred in communication between the host computer and the interface board for USB2.0 connec-tion.	Check that the cable is securely con- nected to the host computer and inter-face board. Also, check to see if any error has occurred on the host com-puter.
***** ERROR 25 ***** USB PROTOCOL	An error occurred in communication between the host computer and the interface board for USB2.0 connec-tion.
***** ERROR 25 ***** USB ENVIRONMENT	An error occurred in communication between the host computer and the interface board for USB2.0 connec-tion.
***** ERROR 25 ***** USB DATA	An error occurred in communication between the host computer and the interface board for USB2.0 connec-tion.
***** ERROR 30 ***** OPERATION ERROR	Improper operation was conducted on the operation panel.The Display 1 shows the cause of the error.	Remove the cause, and perform a proper operation.
***** ERROR 34 ***** DATA REMAIN	It is being tried to change settings for functions though there remains received data that has not yet been printed.	Print all the received data or execute the data clear function. Then, change settings.
***** ERROR 40 *****MOTOR ALARM X	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 41 *****MOTOR ALARM Y	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 42 *****X OVER CURRENT	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 43 *****Y OVER CURRENT	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 45 *****CAPPING : SENSOR	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 45 *****CAPPING : PARAMETER	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 46 *****WIPER	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 47 *****STATION	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 49 *****CUTTER SOLENOID	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 50 *****MEDIA DETECT	Paper could not be detected. The media set position or media itself is not proper.	If the same error message appears again even after setting the media properly, contact your local distributor to call for service.
***** ERROR 50 *****THICKNESS DETECT	Media thickness could not be detected.	Input the media thickness or select the END key and execute media detection again.
***** ERROR 51 *****Y-ORIGIN	Y-origin could not be detected. Turn off	the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 53 *****HEAD HEIGHT ORIGIN	Head height origin could not be detected.
***** ERROR 54 *****MEDIA JAM	Paper jam was detected. Open the front	cover and raise the clamp lever, and remove the jammed paper.If the same error message appears again even after clearing the paper jam status, contact your local distributor to call for service.
***** ERROR 58 *****POSITION ENCODER:DIR	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 58 *****POSITION ENCODER:CNT	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 59 *****CUTTER ENCODER	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 64 *****TAKE-UP VOLTAGE	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 64 *****FEEDER VOLTAGE	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
***** ERROR 116 *****NCU I/F 00	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Operation can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection func-tion.Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while.If the error occurs frequently, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
***** ERROR 116 *****NCU I/F 01	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
**** ERROR 120 ****ENVIRONMENT TEMP(LO)	The ambient temperature is outside the permissible temperature range (too low).	Adjust the ambient temperature of the printer.To continue operation without changing the ambient conditions, press the [ENTER] key.
**** ERROR 121 ****ENVIRONMENT TEMP(HI)	The ambient temperature is outside the permissible temperature range (too high).
**** ERROR 134 ****MEDIA ENCODER:SENSOR	An error occurred in detection by the media encoder.(Counting impossible)	Select “NORMAL” in [MediaFeed SETUP] - [FEED METHOD] or turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while.If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 134 ****MEDIA ENCODER:DIR.	An error occurred in detection by the media encoder.(Wrong orientation)
**** ERROR 134 ****MEDIA ENCODER:ORIGIN	An error occurred in detection by the media encoder.(Origin detection impossible)
**** ERROR 135 ****MEDIA FEED UNUSUAL	An error occurred in media feed. Check	that the media has been set properly.Using [SET UP] - [MediaFeed SETUP] - [MOVEMENT TEST], perform testing to see if the media is compatible with direct feed.If the error status is not cleared even with a proper media, select “NORMAL” in [SET UP] - [MediaFeed SETUP] - [FEED METHOD] or turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while.If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 142 ****INK LEAK (--/-)	Ink leakage was detected. Turn off the p	power to the printer and turn it on after a while.
**** ERROR 143 ****CARTRIDGE SOLENOID	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 143 ****WASH CART. SOLENOID	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
**** ERROR 144 ****CARTRIDGE SET !	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Set a cartridge.
**** ERROR 160 ****NCU DETECT 00	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Printing can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection function. Turn on the nozzle missing detection function again before starting to print the next and subsequent print files.If the error occurs frequently, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 160 ****NCU DETECT 01	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.
**** ERROR 160 ****NCU DETECT 02	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while.If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 160 ****NCU DETECT 03	An error occurred in the control system.	Printing can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection function. Turn on the nozzle missing detection function again before starting to print the next and subsequent print files.If the error occurs frequently, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 160 ****NCU DETECT 04	An error occurred in the control system.
**** ERROR 161 ****NCU EXCHANGE	An error occurred in the control system.	Operation can be resumed.If the error occurs frequently, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 161 ****NCU CONSUMPTION	An error occurred in the control system.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.Operation can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection function.
**** ERROR 162 ****NCU LINE VOLTAGE	An error occurred in the control system.
**** ERROR 163 ****NCU SENSOR	An error occurred in the control system.	Operation can be resumed.If the error occurs frequently, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 163 ****NCU SENSOR DETECT	An error occurred in the control system.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.Operation can be resumed after turning off the nozzle missing detection function.
**** ERROR 164 ****NCU FPGA ERROR	An error occurred in the control system.
**** ERROR 200 ****HEAD MEMORY (----)	An error occurred in the circuit board system.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.
**** ERROR 201 ****BACKUP MEMORY	An error occurred in the circuit board system.
**** ERROR 202 ****DEVICE CONSTRUCTION	An error occurred in the control system.	Contact your local distributor to call for service.Press the [ENTER] key to display the details of the error. Press the [ENTER] key again to enable the system to be started after changing the configuration to a supported one. (See 5-12)
**** ERROR203 ****SDRAM SIZE	An error occurred in the control system.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for service.(When there is available SDRAM mounted, the printer operation can be resumed without expanding SDRAM. However, printing speed may drop depending on the resolution.)
**** ERROR 210 ****INTERLOCK SENSOR	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
**** ERROR 211 ****HeaterTEMP(--/--/--)	An abnormal temperature of the media heater was detected.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
**** ERROR 211 ****HeadWARM.TEMP.(----)	An abnormal temperature of the head heater was detected.
**** ERROR 212 ****WASTE INKtank SENSOR	An error occurred in the control sys-tem.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
**** ERROR 250 ****Y COORDINATES	An error was detected during scanning operation.	Turn off the power to the printer and turn it on after a while. If the same error message appears again, contact your local distributor to call for ser-vice.
**** ERROR 251 ****SYSTEM ERROR	A system error occurred.

CHAPTER 6

Operation for Functions

This chapter describes the operating procedure for frequently used functions from the printer function menu, showing sample messages on the display.

Functions Invoked by [FUNCTION] Key 6-2

Invoking SET UP functions 6-3

Invoking MAINTENANCE functions 6-12

Invoking MACHINE SETUP functions 6-17

Invoking NCU functions 6-25

DISPLAY setting 6-28

Applied settings of functions 6-29

How to operate function menus 6-33

Functions related to the cutter 6-34

Functions related to print quality 6-35

Functions related to ink 6-36

Function Flowchart [BOOT] 6-38

Function Flowchart [LOCAL mode] 6-40

Function Flowchart [REMOTE mode] 6-44

Function Flowchart [FUNCTION Key] 6-46

Functions Invoked by [FUNCTION] Key

The following five types of functions can be invoked by pressing the [FUNCTION] key.

Function name Description Refer to
SET UP Make various settings concerning print quality. p. 6-3
MAINTENANCE	Maintenance functions are to be executed to keep the printer in good condition.	p. 6-12
MACHINE SETUP	Display various information of the printer or set time or units of measure.	p. 6-17
NCU	Set operations concerning the nozzle missing detection function.	p. 6-25
DISPLAY Set a language to be used with the printer. p. 6-28

Invoking SET UP functions

Registering printing conditions in a lump (type registration)

FUNCTION mode provides 17 setup functions.

The setting value of each of the 16 functions other than SETUP RESET can be registered as any of the following four types.

If the types are registered for different kinds of media, respectively, printing conditions can be easily changed when the media is replaced with another kind of media.

Type 1 For Tarpaulin 1

Type 2 For Tarpaulin 2

Type 3 FF (Flexible Face)

Type 4 PVC

Example of type registration

List of functions

This section describes briefly the setup functions and their setting values.

Name Function Refer to
MEDIA COMP. Corrects the feed rate of media p. 6-5
MediaFeed SETUP	Set particulars related to media feed.	p. 6-5
HEATER Sets heater conditions	p. 6-5
PRINT MODE	Sets a print quality level and printing direction	p. 6-6
INK LAYERS	Sets the number of layers in which ink is to be applied	p. 6-8
DRYING TIME	Sets the time to wait for ink drying	p. 6-8
AUTO CUT	Cuts the media automatically after printing	p. 6-9
PRE-FEED	Feeds the media back and forth before printing	p. 6-9
MARGIN	Sets a non-printing area along the right and left edges of the media	p. 6-9
COLOR PATTERN	Prints a color pattern for nozzle missing check near the right edge of the media	p. 6-9
REFRESH	Refreshes the print heads during printing	p. 6-10
VACUUM	Sets the absorbability of the media.	p. 6-10
PRIORITY	Sets the priority of settings (host / panel)	p. 6-10
AUTO CLEANING	Cleans the print heads automatically every completion of printing	p. 6-10
HEAD GAP	Sets the head gap (height from the media to the nozzle plane of the heads).	p. 6-11
MEDIA DETECT	Sets the method for detecting the media	p. 6-11
SETUP RESET *1	Resets the setting values to the default values	p. 6-11

*1 Settings of the 16 setup functions other than [SETUP RESET] can be registered in user types.

Settings of the setup functions

The operation described below on the operation panel is required to execute the setup functions.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [SET UP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nSET UP <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select an appropriate one of Type 1 to Type 4 by means of [▲] or [▼], and press the [ENTER] key.

Set the printing conditions.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["SET UP\nSELECT : TYPE 1"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["SET UP\nSELECT : TYPE 2"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]

3 Select a setup function and make setting.

Outline of the setup functions

MEDIA COMP. (See 3-34)

When the media type or any heater temperature is changed, be sure to correct the feed rate to meet the media thickness. (Correction value: -255 \~ 255)

MediaFeed SETUP

Set particulars related to media feed.

The table below shows the setting items.

FEED METHOD Switches between methods for detecting the feed rate of media.
SPEED SWITCHING	Sets the media feed rate.
MOVEMENT TEST	Performs testing whether or not the media is compatible with the direct detection method using the media encoder.

FEED METHOD

Select a method for detecting the feed rate of media.

Available setting values: [DIRECT, NORMAL]

DIRECT	Feed rate control with the motor encoder + Location detection with the media encoder (Default)
NORMAL Feed rate control with the motor encoder

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

SPEED SWITCHING

Set the feed speed level.

Available setting values: [200% \~ 10%]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

MOVEMENT TEST

Perform testing to see whether or not the media is compatible with the direct detection method using the media encoder.

When the feed error is not within 0.4 %, the display shows a recommended feed method.

HEATER (See 6-29)

Make settings of the pre-heater, print heater and after-heater built in the platen.

PRINT MODE

Sets various conditions of printing.

DRAFT quality

Set a desired print quality in DRAFT mode (540 dpi resolution in the Y-axis direction).

Available setting values: [STD., FINE, FAST]

Press the [FUNCTION] key while the quality item is selected. Then the printer permits setting the number of passes for every resolution and setting high-speed printing ON/OFF.

The table below shows the combinations of the elements that can be set.

Resolution in DRAFT mode	4 colors 6 colors				DRAFT quality
	Passes	High-speed printing	Passes	High-speed printing
540x720 dpi	4 ON / OFF 8 ON / OFF FAST
	8	ON / OFF	16	ON / OFF	STD.
	16 ON / OFF 32 ON / OFF FINE
540x900 dpi	10 ON / OFF 10 ON / OFF FAST
	20 ON / OFF 20 ON / OFF STD.
	40 ON / OFF 40 ON / OFF FINE
540x1080 dpi	6 ON / OFF 12 ON / OFF FAST
	12 ON / OFF 24 ON / OFF STD.
	24 ON / OFF 48 ON / OFF FINE

Table 6-1 : Element that can be set in DRAFT quality mode

FINE quality

Set a desired print quality in FINE mode (720 dpi resolution in the Y-axis direction).

Available setting values: [STD., FINE, FAST]

Press the [FUNCTION] key while the quality item is selected. Then the printer permits setting the number of passes for every resolution and setting high-speed printing ON/OFF.

The table below shows the combinations of the elements that can be set.

Resolution in FINE mode	4 colors 6 colors				FINE quality
	Passes	High-speed printing	Passes	High-speed printing
540x720 dpi	6 ON / OFF 6 ON / OFF FAST
	12 ON / OFF 12 ON / OFF STD.
	24 ON / OFF 24 ON / OFF FINE
720x720 dpi	4 ON / OFF 8 ON / OFF FAST
	8 ON / OFF 16 ON / OFF STD.
	16 ON / OFF 32 ON / OFF FINE
720x1080 dpi	6 ON / OFF 12 ON / OFF FAST
	12 ON / OFF 24 ON / OFF STD.
	24 ON / OFF 48 ON / OFF FINE
720x1440 dpi	8	ON / OFF	16	ON / OFF	FAST
	16 ON / OFF 32 ON / OFF STD.
	32 ON / OFF 64 ON / OFF FINE

Table 6-2 : Element that can be set in FINE quality mode

The print quality in Super fine mode (1440x1440) is fixed.

SCAN DIRECTION

Set the printing direction.

Available setting values: [Bi-D, Uni-D]

LOGICAL SEEK

Set LOGICALseek ON / OFF.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

Pure diagram of parallel lines with a diamond shape inside, no text or symbols present

Diagram showing parallel light rays passing through a diamond-shaped object (no text or symbols)

Movement of heads when LOGICALseek is OFF
BI-DIRECTIONALUNI-DIRECTIONAL

graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B{Decision}
    B -->|Yes| C["Process"]
    B -->|No| D["End"]

graph TD
    A["Start"] --> B{Decision}
    B -->|Yes| C["Process"]
    B -->|No| D["End"]

Movement of heads when LOGICALseek is ON

INK LAYERS

Set the number of layers in which ink is applied.

Available setting values: [1 to 9 layers]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

DRYING TIME

Set the time to wait for ink drying.

SCAN

Set the time to wait for ink drying after each pass. During bidirectional printing, the printer stops temporarily after every outward trip and every homeward trip.

Available setting values: [0.0 \~ 19.9 sec] (in steps of 0.1 sec)

Draw.END

Set the time to wait for ink drying after completion of printing.

Available setting values: [0 \~ 999 sec] (in steps of 1 sec)

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

AUTO CUT

Set whether or not to cut the media automatically after completion of printing.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

The media will be cut after the lapse of the time to wait for ink drying after completion of printing, if having been set.

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

PRE-FEED

Set whether or not to feed the media back and forth before printing to prevent the media from sticking to the platen.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

MARGIN

Set a non-printing area along the right and left edges of the media

Left margin

Set the width of the non-printing area along the left edge of the media.

Available setting values: [-10 \~ 85 mm] (In steps of 1 mm)

Right margin

Set the width of the non-printing area along the right edge of the media.

Available setting values: [-10 \~ 85 mm] (In steps of 1 mm)

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

COLOR PATTERN

Set whether or not to print a color pattern for nozzle missing check near the right edge of the media.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

When the pattern is to be printed, the printing location of image data is shifted by 18 mm from the origin in the scanning direction.

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

Image Origin 18 mm 6-color mode4-color mode

Check pattern

REFRESH

Set the head refreshing level (running flush interval).

Available setting values: [0 3] (Enhancing the level shortens the interval)

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

VACUUM

Set the attracting force of the vacuum fan.

Irrespective of the setting, the vacuum level is always [STANDARD] during media detection, media cutting or JOG operation.

Available setting values: [STRONG, STANDARD, Little WEAK, WEAK, OFF]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

PRIORITY

Concerning the following setup functions, select whether priority is given to the settings made on the printer or to the designation from the host.

[MEDIA COMP.], [HEATER], [PRINT MODE], [INK LAYERS], [DRYING TIME], [AUTO CUT], [PRE-FEED], [MARGIN], [COLOR PATTERN], [REFRESH], [VACUUM], [MEDIA FD.SPEED], [MediaFD.METHOD]

Available setting values: [INDIVIDUALLY, ALL HOST, ALL PANEL]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

INDIVIDUALLY	For each function, set whether priority is given to the printer or to the host independently.
ALL HOST For all the functions, priority is given to the settings on the host.
ALL PANEL For all the functions, priority is given to the settings on the printer.

Even when setting has been made to give priority to the host, the settings made on the printer become effective if there is no instruction from the host.

AUTO CLEANING (See 3-44)

Set whether or not to clean the heads automatically during printing.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

The first cleaning is performed immediately before the first printing after the printer is started. Then subsequent cleaning is performed every printing on the specified length of media.

The detail setting menu is displayed by pressing the [FUNCTION] key during automatic cleaning ON/OFF selection.

CLEANING INTERVAL

Set the interval at which cleaning is to be performed periodically during printing.

Available setting values: [10 \~ 10000 mm] (Default: 1000 mm)

CLEANING TYPE

Set a type of automatic cleaning.

Available setting values: [SOFT, NORMAL, HARD]

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

HEAD GAP (See 3-5)

Set the head gap (height from the media to the nozzle plane of the heads).

Available setting values: [1.5 mm \~ 7.0 mm] (In steps of 0.1 mm / Default: 1.5 mm)

The upper limit of the head gap varies with media thickness.

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

MEDIA DETECT

Detection method

Set the method for detecting the media

Available setting values: [SELECT, WIDTH] (Default: SELECT)

SELECT	Select whether to detect a roll media (detect only the width) or to detect a cut sheet media (detect the width and length).
WIDTH The	printer will detect only the width without requiring any key input.

Detection at media cutting

Set the detection method at media cutting.

Available setting values: [BOTH EDGE, LEFT EDGE, RIGHT EDGE, NONE] (Default: BOTH EDGE)

The setting values for each user type are stored separately from those for other user types.

SETUP RESET

Reset the settings of the setup functions assigned to the user types 1 to 4 to the default values.

Invoking MAINTENANCE functions

The maintenance functions described here are to be executed to keep the printer in good condition.

To carry out maintenance of the printer, select [MAINTENANCE] from the FUNCTION menu and make the necessary settings.

The maintenance of the station can be performed independently by pressing the [ST.MAINT] key.

List of functions

This section describes briefly the maintenance functions and their setting values.

Name Function Refer to
ST.MAINTENANCE	Clean the inside of the station and ink discharge passage and replace the wiper.(CARRIAGE OUT, WIPER EXCHANGE, NOZZLE WASH, DISWAY WASH, CUSTODY WASH, PUMP TUBE WASH, WIPER WASH)	p. 4-7
CR.MAINTENANCE	Move the head unit to the left end of the printer and perform maintenance of the heads and their surrounding parts.	p. 4-27
HD.MAINTENANCE	Perform various maintenance operations of the heads.(FILL UP INK, DISCHARGE&WASH, MaintWashLiquid)	p. 3-32p. 5-9p. 4-19
DROP.POStorrect	Once the head height or ink type is changed, correct the dot position.	p. 3-36
PG DROP ADJUST.	Set the reference value for correcting the misalignment of the ink fall points between outward trip and homeward trip in bi-directional printing when the head height has been changed.This function must be executed whenever the ink type has been changed or initial charge with ink has been performed.	p. 3-27
SLEEP SET UP	Perform head cleaning and flushing operation to prevent nozzle clogging.(REFRESH, TUBE WASH, CLEANING)	p. 4-30
ROUTINE SETUP	Set the functions to be executed periodically while the printer is in stand-by mode.(ROUTINE WIPING, REFRESH, TUBE WASH, CLEANING)	p. 4-33
WIPER LEVEL	Make setting so that the printer gives the wiper replacement warning earlier than standard depending on the operating environment.	p. 4-39
HEAD SELECT	Select the head(s) to be used for printing.	p. 5-9
MEDIA RESIDUAL	Make setting of the media remaining amount display function.	p. 6-14
BeforeMovingIt.	Use this function to lock the station when the printer is to be transported.	p. 6-15

Setting a maintenance function

Take the following steps on the operation panel to execute a maintenance function.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select a maintenance function and make setting.

Operation procedure with the [ST.MAINT] key (ST.MAINTENANCE)

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Press the [ST.MAINT] key.

As [ST.MAINTENANCE] is displayed, perform each maintenance operation.

graph TD
    A["ST.MAINT"] --> B["ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]
    C["ENTER"] --> D["St.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]

Make setting of the media remaining amount display function [MEDIA RESIDUAL]

Set ON/OFF of the media remaining amount display function. (Normally OFF)

With the media remaining amount display function set to ON, the media remaining amount is displayed in REMOTE mode.

(With this function set to OFF and with a cut sheet, the print length is displayed.)

The media feed during printing or with any of the JOG keys is reflected on media remaining amount. Input the media length (initial value of remaining amount) when the roll media is detected.

When no media length is input, the print length is displayed.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select [MEDIA RESIDUAL] by pressing the [▼] key 9 times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|9 times| B["→"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE\nMEDIA RESIDUAL <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

3 Press the [ENTER] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and set the setting of remaining amount to ON or OFF by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.

Register the setting by pressing the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["ENTER"] --> B["→"]
    B --> C["MEDIA RESIDUAL"]
    B --> D["SET UP <ent>"]
    E["ENTER"] --> F["→"]

4 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

Moving the printer safely [BeforeMovingIt.]

Use this function to lock the station when the printer is to be moved.

Use this function when the printer is to be moved in such a way that some vibration is expected.

However, when the printer is to be moved, be sure to contact your dealer or an office of MIMAKI.

■Move the printer with the level adjusters of the take-up device in the raised position.

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with a rotating component and a close-up of a mechanical component (no text or symbols present)

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MAINTENANCE] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    C["L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B
    D["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> E["FUNCTION<br>MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    F["ENTER"] --> G["ENTER"]

2 Select [BeforeMovingIt.] by pressing the [▼] key 10 times and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["MAINTENANCE\nST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"] -->|10 times| B["MAINTENANCE\nBeforeMovingIt. <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

3 Make preparation for moving the printer.

When preparation has been made, press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["ThePreparation which a device is moved to"] --> B["BeforeMovingIt.<br>START : ent"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["* PLEASE POWER-OFF *"]
    C --> E["BeforeMovingIt.<br>** COMPLETED **"]

4 Turn the main power supply OFF, unplug the power cable, and move the printer.

When moving the printer, it must be held up by at least two people as illustrated below. The cover of the printer may break if it is pressed hard.

Line drawing of two people handling a large cylindrical device on a platform (no text or symbols)

Invoking MACHINE SETUP functions

List of functions

This section describes briefly the machine setup functions and their setting values.

Name Function Refer to
DEODORIZE FAN Make operation settings of the exhaust fan. p. 6-19
DRYNESS FEED	Change the feed operation after printing.	p. 6-19
CONFIRM. FEED	Set whether or not to perform feeding the media after test printing for checking of the printing result.	p. 6-19
TIME SET Set the date and time on the printer. p. 6-19
UNIT SETUP	Change the units of temperature, length and area to be used with the printer.	p. 6-20
STAMP SETUP	Make settings for outputting the date and time and printing conditions after printing.	p. 6-20
MACHINE NAME	When the printer is connected through the USB 2.0 interface to a system to which two or more machines are connected, set the identifier of the printer to have the system recognize it.	p. 6-21
INFORMATION	Display various information.The items in [INFORMATION] can be set individually by pressing the [INFORMATION] key.	p. 6-22

Functions of [INFORMATION] key

This section describes briefly the [INFORMATION] functions and their setting values.

Name Function Refer to
ERROR HISTORY	Displays the history of errors.	p. 6-22
MAINTE. HISTORY	Displays the records of the date and time when maintenance functions were used.	p. 6-22
PRT.modeHISTORY	Displays the history of information (printing conditions) of the online printing that has been performed up to now.	p. 6-22
LIST	Prints the data for the operator to check the settings of the printer.	p. 6-22
VERSION	Displays various version information of the equipment.	p. 6-24
Serial&DealerNo	Displays serial No. and dealer No. of the printer.	p. 6-24

Setting a MACHINE SETUP

The operation described below on the operation panel is required to execute machine setup functions.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [MACHINE SETUP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nFUNCTION\nMACHINE SETUP <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

2 Select a machine setting function and make setting.

Outline of the machine setup functions

DEODORIZE FAN

Set operation of the exhaust fan.

STOP TIME

Set the time from the completion of printing to the stop of the fan.

Available setting values: [CONT., 0 \~ 240 min] (Default: 120 min [In steps of 10 minutes])

[CONT.] means that the fan is always kept operating.

RENEW

Change fan operation. (The fan motor operates according to the setting.)

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

The setting is not stored in memory.

The exhaust fan always operates during printing and behaves according to the setting of the stop timer after completion of printing.

DRYNESS FEED

Set whether or not to perform feeding for media drying.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

With DRYNESS FEED set to ON, the printer feeds the media up to the location of the after-heater where the media is dried.

After waiting for a period of time that has been set by the setup Function (DRYING TIME - DRAWend), the printer performs the next printing (media cutting). No back feed is performed. (Printing will be started at the position to which the media has been fed for media drying.)

CONFIRM. FEED

Set whether or not to perform feeding the media after test printing for checking of the printing result.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

With CONFIRM. FEED set to ON, the media after completion of printing will be fed up to a position where the print result can be checked on the platen.

In addition, when CONFIRM. FEED has been set to ON, [BACK FEED] can be set to ON using the [FUNCTION] key.

The [BACK FEED] function returns to the original position the media that has been fed by the [CONFIRM. FEED] function.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

TIME SET

Set the date and time on the printer.

A past date and time up to 8 o'clock can be input.

If you have set a time in the future by mistake, the setting value can be returned to the previous setting value by pressing the [FUNCTION] key. However, it is only the last previous setting value that the setting made by mistake can be returned to.

The actually indicated last previous setting time is the last previous setting value plus the actually elapsed time.

UNIT SETUP

Set the units of measure to be used with the printer.

Temperature

Set the unit of temperature.

Available setting values: [° C ( Centigrade) , ° F ( Fahrenheit) ]

Length

Select the unit system for the units of length and area.

Available setting values: [mm, inch]

Unit system	Units
Millimetre mm m m^2
Inch inch, mil ft ft^2

STAMP SETUP

Set whether or not to output the printing conditions and the date and time of printing.

With STAMP SETUP set to ON, the printer prints the conditions and the date and time after completion of printing one file.

Available setting values: [ON, OFF]

With STAMP SETUP set to ON, the printer outputs the following particulars after printing on each page.

■ Machine name
F / W Version
■ Resolution
■ Number of divisions
- Printing direction
- Scanning speed
■ Number of layers
■ Media feed correction value
Head gap
■ Ink type & number of colors
■ Heater setting temperatures PRE / PRINT / AFTER
- Date and time of printing

JV5-160S Ver*. **

PRINT MODE : 720x540DPI 12PASS Bi-D Hi 1LAYER

MEDIA COMP. : *** (***, *** )

HEAD GAP : 2.0mm

INK : HS-4color

HEATER TEMP. : PRE 30°C PRT 40°C AFT 50°C

DATE : YY.MM.DD hh:mm:ss

MACHINE NAME

When the printer is connected through the USB 2.0 interface to a system to which two or more machines are connected, set the identifier of the printer to have the system recognize it.

As a machine name, enter only the printer number in the form [JV5 - ** (printer number)].

Available setting values: [01 \~ 99] (Default: 01)

INFORMATION

INFORMATION, one of the MACHINE SETUP functions, consists of menus for checking the information of the printer.

This function can be activated directly by pressing the [INFORMATION] key.

Item Description
ERROR HISTORY Displays the history of errors and warnings.
MAINTE. HISTORY Displays the history of the use of maintenance functions
PRT.modeHISTORY Displays printing history.
LIST Prints the printer setting information.
VERSION Displays the equipment versions.
Serial&DealerNo	Displays serial No. and dealer No. of the printer.

ERROR HISTORY

Displays the history of the errors and warnings the printer has developed up to now.

Using the [▲] or [▼] key, the errors and warnings can be displayed one by one in the order of occurrence.

Display: Date and time (YY, MM, DD, hh, mm) of occurrence, Description of error or warning

MAINTE. HISTORY

Displays the records of the date and time when maintenance functions were used.

The display relates chiefly to manual cleaning functions or automatic cleaning functions (by SLEEP SET UP or ROUTINE SETUP).

One LCD shows the record of one maintenance operation.

PRT.modeHISTORY

Displays the information (printing conditions) of the online printing that has been performed up to now since power-on. (Max. 50)

Using [▲] or [▼] key, the display can be changed in the order of printing.

Display: Date, history number, resolution, number of passes, printing direction, data format (Variable /

Normal), scanning speed, number of layers, print lenght (at completion of printing)

LIST

Prints the settings of the printer.

The output format is as shown below. (The format, however, varies with the settings of [DISPLAY] and [UNIT SETUP].)

Title, version information, and printer serial No.

The title, version information, printer serial No. are printed in the top line of the list.

LIST (System Ver*.**)

(1/F Ver*.**)

(NCU Ver*.**)

S/N : 00000000

Settings of the setup functions (grouped for each user type)

(1) SET UP	< TYPE 1 >		TYPE 2	TYPE 3	TYPE 4
MEDIA COMP.	*	:PANEL
MediaFeed SETUP
FEED METHOD	DIRECT	:HOST
SPEED SWITCHING	100%	:HOST
HEATER PRE	OFF	:PANEL
PRT	OFF
AFT	OFF
STANDBY	OFF
OFF	OFF
DRAFT QUALITY	STD.	:HOST
FINE QUALITY	STD.	:HOST
SCAN DIRECTION	Bi-D
LOGICAL SEEK	ON
INK LAYERS	*	:HOST
DRYING TIME	*. *s	*s :HOST
AUTO CUT	OFF	:HOST
PRE-FEED	OFF	:HOST
MARGIN LEFT	*mm	:HOST
RIGHT	*mm
COLOR PATTERN	OFF	:HOST
REFRESH	LEVEL*	:HOST
VACUUM	STD.	:HOST
AUTO CLEANING	OFF
INTERVAL	****mm
TYPE	NORMAL

Settings of the maintenance functions

(2) MAINTENANCE
SLEEP SET UP
REFRESH	1h
TUBE WASH	12h
CLEANING	24h/NORMAL
ROUTINE SETUP
ROUTINE WIPING
SCAN COUNT	****
TEMP. DIFF	** °C
REFRESH	1h
TUBE WASH	12h
CLEANING	24h/NORMAL
WIPER LEVEL	10/10
HEAD SELECT	1234
MEDIA RESIDUAL	OFF
DROP. POScorrect
PATTERN1	*, *
PATTERN2	*, *
PATTERN3	*, *
PATTERN4	*, *
PG DROP ADJUST.
PATTERN1	---- PATTERN4
*, *	*, *
PATTERN5	---- PATTERN8
*, *	*, *

Settings of the machine setup functions

(3) MACHINE SET UP
DEODORIZE FAN	***min
DRYNESS FEED	ON
CONFIRM. FEED	ON
UNIT SETUP TEMP.	°C
LENGTH	mm
STAMP	OFF
MACHINE NAME	JV5-01

Settings of NCU

(4) NCU
NOZZLE CHECK	ON
NG ACTION
DURING THE DRAW	CLEANING&CONT
CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL
AFTERtheDRAWend	CLEANING&CONT
CLEANING TYPE	NORMAL
NG JUDGEMENT
CLOGG NZL/color	10
CLOGG NZL/ALL	10

Settings of DISPLAY

(5) DISPLAY Japanese

Date and time

Date: YY.MM.DD hh:mm

VERSION
Displays version information of the equipment.

Item Display Remarks
Model JV5-1x0S
Main F / W Version * . **
NCU F / W Version * . **
I / F type USB I / F USB 2.0
I / F , F / W Version	* . **
MRL-III command Version	* . **

Serial&DealerNo

Displays the serial No. and dealer No. of the printer.

Invoking NCU functions

List of functions

This section describes briefly the NCU functions and their setting values.

Name Function Refer to
NOZZLE CHECK	Set whether or not to perform nozzle missing detection.	p. 6-26
NG ACTION (*1)	Set the operation of the printer to be performed in case the preset number of or more missing nozzles are detected and thus NG judgment is made. (*2)	p. 6-26
NG JUDGEMENT (*1)	Set the number of missing nozzles for NG judgment. (*2)	p. 6-27
COND.INDICATION	Displays the status of the NCU.	p. 6-27

Important!

■ NG (*1): Bad nozzle condition.
■ NG (*2): One or more bad nozzles have been located on print head.

Setting a NCU functions

The operation described below on the operation panel is required to execute NCU functions.

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode, and then select [NCU] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm FUNCTION PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION NCU ENTER

2 Select an NCU function and make setting.

Outline of the NCU functions

The NCU functions consist of operations concerning the nozzle missing detection function.

Setting

Make settings of the function that monitors nozzle missing with the nozzle check unit.

Nozzle check

Set whether or not to perform nozzle missing detection. Available setting values: [ON, OFF] (Default: ON)

NG ACTION (\*1)

NG ACTION [DURING THE DRAW] (\*1)

Set the operation of the printer during printing in case a preset number of missing nozzles or more are detected and thus NG judgment is made. (*2)

Important!

■ NG (*1): Bad nozzle condition.
■ NG (*2): One or more bad nozzles have been located on print head.

CONTINUE The printer keeps on printing. (Default)
CLEANING&CONT	Corrects clogged nozzles by cleaning.Whether the printer succeeds or fails in cleaning, it restarts printing.
CLEANING&STOP	Corrects clogged nozzles by cleaning.If the printer fails in cleaning, it does not restart printing.
STOP Stops printing.

The detail setting menu for cleaning is displayed by pressing the [FUNCTION] key with [CLEANING&CONT] or [CLEANING&STOP] selected.

■ CLEANING TYPE [CLEANING&CONT], [CLEANING&STOP]

Set a type of cleaning.

Available setting values: [NORMAL, SOFT, HARD] (Default: NORMAL)

■ RETRY COUNT [CLEANING&STOP]

Set the number of times cleaning is to be retried.

Available setting values: [0 \~ 3] (Default: 3)

With RETRY COUNT set to 3, the printer will perform cleaning operation a maximum of four times (as long as clogged nozzles are not corrected) including the first cleaning operation.

NG ACTION [AFTERtheDRAWend] (\*1)

Set the operation of the printer after completion of printing of one file in case a preset number of missing nozzles or more are detected and thus NG judgment is made. (*2)

Important!

■ NG (*1): Bad nozzle condition.
■ NG (*2): One or more bad nozzles have been located on print head.

CONTINUE The printer keeps on printing. (Default)
CLEANING&CONT	Corrects clogged nozzles by cleaning.Whether the printer succeeds or fails in cleaning, it restarts printing.
CLEANING&STOP	Corrects clogged nozzles by cleaning.If the printer fails in cleaning, it does not restart printing.
STOP Stops printing.

The detail setting menu for cleaning is displayed by pressing the [FUNCTION] key with [CLEANING&CONT] or [CLEANING&STOP] selected.

■ CLEANING TYPE [CLEANING&CONT], [CLEANING&STOP]

Set a type of cleaning.

Available setting values: [NORMAL, SOFT, HARD] (Default: NORMAL)

■ RETRY COUNT [CLEANING&STOP]

Set the number of times cleaning is to be retried.

Available setting values: [0 \~ 3] (Default: 3)

With RETRY COUNT set to 3, the printer will perform cleaning operation a maximum of four times (as long as clogged nozzles are not corrected) including the first cleaning operation.

- Turn off the external heater when cleaning operation by NG ACTION [DURING THE DRAW] or NG ACTION [AFTERtheDRAWend] is to be performed. (*2)

NG JUDGEMENT (\*1)

Set the number of missing nozzles for judging the nozzle check NG .(*2)

Important!

■ NG (*1): Bad nozzle condition.
■ NG (*2): One or more bad nozzles have been located on print head.

■ CLOGG NZL/color

Set the number of missing nozzles per row for judging the nozzle check NG . (*2)

Available setting values: [1 \~ 180] (Default: 10)

■ CLOGG NZL/ALL

Set the total number of missing nozzles for judging the nozzle check NG . (*2)

Available setting values: [1 \~ 180] (Default: 10)

COND.INDICATION

Displays the status of the NCU.

This function displays every error that has occurred in the NCU and every error that has occurred between NCU Main Unit.

Using the [] or [] key, the errors can be displayed one by one in the order of occurrence.

DISPLAY setting

Set a language to be used with the printer.

Language

• Japanese
• English
  German
  French
  ■ Spanish
  Italian
• Portuguese

The setting is reflected on the indications on the LCDs.

Applied settings of functions

Initial settings can be changed, as required.

Settings of heaters

Setting items for heaters

The items that can be set for the three heaters are as described below.

PRE HEAT CONSTANT HEATER PRINT HEAT CONSTANT AFTER HEAT CONSTANT HEAT SW

SET TEMP.

Set temperature for each of the three heaters.

PRE HEAT	Set the temperature of the pre-heater. (OFF, 20~60°C / 68~140°F)
PRINT HEAT	Set the temperature of the print-heater. (OFF, 20~60°C / 68~140°F)
AFTER HEAT	Set the temperature of the after-heater. (OFF, 20~70°C / 68~158°F)

SET TIME

Set the standby time and the time for turning OFF.

STANDBY

Set the period of time from when printing is completed to when the heater temperature begins to drop to the preheat temperature.The preheat temperature is preset and cannot be changed.If the printer receives data at the preheat temperature, the heaters automatically raise their temperatures up to the preset levels and then the printer starts printing.When [NONE] is selected, the temperatures do not drop to the preheat level.(NONE, 0-90 min / In steps of 10 minutes)

OFF TIME

The heaters are turned off in the following case:If a preset time has passed without printing while the printer is in standby mode.With STANDBY-[NONE] selected, there may be a case where a preset time passes without printing after some printing and thus the heaters are turned off. If the printer receives data with the heaters turned off, the heaters are automatically turned on to raise their temperatures up to the preset levels and then the printer starts printing.With [NONE] selected, the heaters are not turned off.(NONE, 0 - 90 min / In steps of 10 minutes)

Detailed settings of heaters

Make settings of the pre-heater, print-heater and after-heater built in the platen.

The temperatures of heaters can be adjusted even during printing so that optimum temperatures can be obtained.

However, it takes a heater a few minutes to more than ten minutes to reach the set temperature depending on the ambient temperature.

Important!

■Use this printer at 20-35° to ensure reliable printing. The heater temperatures may not rise to the set values depending on the ambient temperature.

The temperature settings made here will be kept until the power is turned off or they are changed under any of the following conditions:

■ Types are changed in FUNCTION mode.
■ Heater temperatures are changed in FUNCTION mode.
■ The heater temperatures are set on the computer.

■ The heater temperatures can be controlled on your application software if it has a function to do so.

For setting on the application software, refer to the instruction manual for your application software.

Setting value of temperature

°C OFF	20~60 (70) °C (In steps of 1 °C)
°F	OFF, 68~140 (158) °F (In steps of °F)* There may be some values that cannot be set in steps of 1 °F.

Rough guide for temperature setting

Heater ES3 ink (media) HS ink
	PVC Tarpaulin FF All types of media
Pre-heater 40 40 40 40
Print-heater 40 40 40 40
After-heater 50 50 50 50	50

*1 Adjust each heater temperature to a value best suited to the media conditions.

Setting the temperatures and standby time of heaters

Set the temperatures and standby time of heaters by the following procedure:

STEPS:

1 Make sure that the printer is in LOCAL mode.

If it is in REMOTE mode, press the [REMOTE] key once.

PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

2 Select [SET UP] using the [FUNCTION] key and press the [ENTER] key twice.

FUNCTION PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION SET UP ENTER Twice

3 Select [HEATER] by pressing the [▼] key twice and press the [ENTER] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["TIME"]
    C["MEDIA COMP. <ent>"] --> B
    B --> D["→"]
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    E --> F["[1"]\nHEATER <ent>]
    G["ENTER"] --> H["Arrow to right"]

4 At this point, either of [SET TEMP.] and [SET TIME] can be selected by pressing the [▲] or [▼] key.

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["HEATER<br>SET TEMP. <ent>"]
    C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> D["HEATER<br>SET TIME <ent>"]
    B --> E["Two circular icons with triangles"]
    D --> E

5 Press the [ENTER] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and input the setting values of heater temperatures using appropriate ones of the [▲], [▼], [◀] and [▶] keys.

Use the [] or [] key to change the setting values of temperatures, the [] or [] key to move the cursor, and the [ENTER] key to register the setting values in memory.

ENTER INPUT RANGE OFF, 20 - 60 °C PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C ENTER Input range: PRE [OFF, 20 - 60] °C PRT [OFF, 20 - 60] °C AFT [OFF, 20 - 70] °C

6 Press the [▼] key to go to the lower level of hierarchy and set [SET TIME].

Use the [▲] or [▼] key to change the setting value of the time, the [◀] or [▶] key to move the cursor, and the [ENTER] key to register the setting values in memory. (0 \~ 90 min (In steps of 10 minutes))

graph LR
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["ENTER"]
    C["[1"] HEATER
SET TIME <ent>] --> B
    B --> D["StandbySwitchoverTIM<br>NONE, 0 - 90 min"]
    D --> E["STANDBY : OFF TIME<br>10 min : NONE"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]

7 Press the [END] key several times.

The printer returns to LOCAL mode.

END PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L. * > [JV5-01] width : **** mm

How to operate function menus

The following pages show the operating procedures and the messages displayed on the LCDs, using the following icons.

For detailed information of operation procedures, refer to the relevant pages.

Icon Description
FUNCTION	This icon means pressing the [FUNCTION] key once.This operation is used to enter [FUNCTION mode] or to go to the lower level of hierarchy.
	This icon means using appropriate ones of the [▲], [▼], [◀] and [▶] keys.
	This icon means pressing the [▲] or [▼] key to switch between the alternate sub setting displays or to change the setting value or item.
	This icon means pressing the [◀] or [▶] key to switch between setting values or items.
[2H7S]	This icon means pressing the [ENTER] key once to execute the setting value or item that is currently displayed.
	This kind of icon means pressing the indicated key once.( This icon means pressing the [ST.MAINT] key once.)
	This icon means pressing the [END] key to cancel the execution.
	This graphic represents the display.
	This graphic shows the behavior of the printer activated as a result of key operation.
	This graphic shows the set value of a menu item.
	This graphic shows the message displayed as a result of operation.
	This graphic shows the work other than the menu operations on the operation panel which you are required to do for the printer. This graphic is used together with the icon

Functions related to the cutter

When the media is to be cut at a desired position

Cut the media at any desired position without using the [AUTO CUT] function. (Refer to "Cutting the media after completion of printing (p.3-43)")

graph TD
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm] --> B["ORIGIN SET UP"]
    B --> C["■Move the carriage and media using JOG keys so that the carriage is located at the position where cutting is to be started."]
    B --> D["■When [HEAD GAP"] has been set to 4.1 mm or more, media cutting cannot be performed.]
    C --> E["MEDIA CUT <ENT>"]
    D --> F["MEDIA CUTTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    E --> G["ENTER"]
    F --> H["The media is cut."]
    G --> I["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C\nL. * > [JV5-01"]\nwidth : **** mm]

Functions related to print quality

With function menus of the printer, the print quality can be checked and setting can be changed to improve the print quality.

Correcting media feed during printing [FEED COMPENSATION.]

With the [MEDIA COMP.] function, as already described, operation is executed in LOCAL mode. However, the operation described here is to be executed to correct the media feed rate in REMOTE mode or during printing of image data.

graph TD
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["REMOTE"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>R. * > [JV5-01"]
**.** m]
    C --> D["FEED COMP."]
    D --> E["FEED COMPENSATION.<br>0"]
    E --> F["ENTER"]
    F --> G["FEED COMPENSATION.<br>0 ▶ 1"]
    G --> H["ENTER"]
    H --> I["FEED COMPENSATION.<br>SAVE :ent"]
    I --> J["ENTER"]
    J --> K["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>R. * > [JV5-01"]
**.** m]
    K --> L["END"]
    L --> M["■ Change is canceled"]
    M --> N["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>R. * > [JV5-01"]
**.** m]
    N --> O["■ The correction value is valid temporarily. The correction value will be canceled when media detection is performed again or power is turned off."]
    O --> P["END"]
    P --> Q["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [width : **** mm"]
J V 5 - 0]

Functions related to ink

When ink sets (4-color and 6-color) are to be changed

graph TD
    A["PRE PRT AFT<br>35°C 40°C 50°C<br>L. * > [JV5-01"]
width : **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["ST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    E --> F["FUNCTION"]
    F --> G["HD.MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    G --> H["ENTER"]
    H --> I["FILL UP INK <ent>"]
    I --> J["FUNCTION"]
    J --> K["DISCHARGE&WASH <ent>"]
    K --> L["ENTER"]
    L --> M["Ink discharge.<br>Remove cartridges."]
    M --> N["MRCC YYKK KKYY CCMM<br>Check the condition"]
    N --> O["Processing completed"]
    O --> P["Set all washing<br>liquid cartridges."]
    P --> Q["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG<br>Check the condition"]
    Q --> R["It'sBeingDischarged.<br>PLEASE WAIT<br>**** ----"]
    R --> S["Set all washing<br>liquid cartridges."]
    S --> T["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG<br>Check the condition"]
    T --> U["Set the cleaning liquid cartridge."]
    U --> V["Remove the cleaning liquid cartridge."]
    V --> W["It is being absorbed<br>PLEASE WAIT<br>**** ----"]
    W --> X["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG<br>Check the condition"]
    X --> Y["It is being absorbed<br>PLEASE WAIT<br>**** ----"]
    Y --> Z["(Continued to the next page)"]

When ink sets (4-color and 6-color) are to be changed (continued)

graph TD
    A["It'sBeingDischarged.<br>PLEASE WAIT"] -->|Processing completed| B["Please select according to situation."]
    B -->|COMPLETED < > WASH| C["Do you discharge a mainte.Wash.liquid ?"]
    C -->|No < > Yes| D["HD.MAINTENANCE<br>DISCHARGE&WASH <ent>"]
    D -->|END| E["Choose an ink type."]
    E --> F["InkType<br>ES3 Sol"]
    F --> G["Choose an ink type."]
    G --> H["ES3 InkSet<br>4-Color (YCMKKMCY)"]
    H --> I["Set all ES3 INK cartridges."]
    I --> J["FILLING UP NOW.<br>PLEASE WAIT"]
    J --> K["ES3-4Color<br>--C- M-KK K--M CCY-"]
    K --> L["Processing completed"]
    L --> M["Remove a maint.wash.<br>liquid cartridge."]
    M --> N["Check the condition"]
    N --> O["Remove all washing<br>liquid cartridges. 1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    O --> P["Check the condition"]
    P --> Q["ES3 Sol , HS Sol"]
    Q --> R["4-Color (YCMKKMCY)<br>6-Color (MCcKYCMm)"]
    R --> S["Process completed"]
    S --> T["Remove a main.wash."]
    T --> U["There is a CARTRIDGE"]
    U --> V["It'sBeingDischarged.<br>PLEASE WAIT"]
    V --> W["Process completed"]
    W --> X["Remove a main.wash. liquid cartridge."]
    X --> Y["Remove all washing liquid cartridges. 1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    Y --> Z["Check the condition"]
    Z --> AA["Remove all washing liquid cartridges. 1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    AA --> AB["Check the condition"]

Function Flowchart [BOOT]

graph TD
    A["BOOT"] --> B["*Being Initialized* NOT POW-OFF !! JV5-160 V**"]
    B --> C{Error was detected in printer configuration.}
    C --> D["**** ERROR 202 **** DEVICE CONSTRUCTION WrongPointWasFoundTo TheComposition. :ent"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]
    E --> F["*RESULTof DIAGNOSIS* HDC:123x HEAD:12x? HEAD-MEM:12x4 SDRAM:0.5GB(1GB)"]
    F --> G["ENTER"]
    G --> H["HEAD12.. is Not-USE! Possible composition HEAD..34 OK ? :ent"]
    H --> I["ENTER"]
    I --> J["+/-"]
    J --> K["+/-"]
    K --> L["+/-"]
    L --> M["+/-"]
    M --> N["+/-"]
    N --> O["+/-"]
    O --> P["+/-"]
    P --> Q["+/-"]
    Q --> R["+/-"]
    R --> S["+/-"]
    S --> T["+/-"]
    T --> U["+/-"]
    U --> V["+/-"]
    V --> W["+/-"]
    W --> X["+/-"]
    X --> Y["+/-"]
    Y --> Z["+/-"]
    Z --> AA["+/-"]
    AA --> AB["+/-"]
    AB --> AC["+/-"]
    AC --> AD["+/-"]
    AD --> AE["+/-"]
    AE --> AF["+/-"]
    AF --> AG["+/-"]
    AG --> AH["+/-"]
    AH --> AI["+/-"]
    AI --> AJ["+/-"]
    AJ --> AK["+/-"]
    AK --> AL["+/-"]
    AL --> AM["+/-"]
    AM --> AN["+/-"]
    AN --> AO["+/-"]
    AO --> AP["+/-"]
    AP --> AQ["+/-"]
    AQ --> AR["+/-"]
    AR --> AS["+/-"]
    AS --> AT["+/-"]
    AT --> AU["+/-"]
    AU --> AV["+/-"]
    AV --> AW["+/-"]
    AW --> AX["+/-"]
    AX --> AY["+/-"]
    AY --> AZ["+/-"]
    AZ --> BA["+/-"]
    BA --> BB["+/-"]
    BB --> BC["+/-"]
    BC --> BD["+/-"]
    BD --> BE["+/-"]
    BE --> BF["+/-"]
    BF --> BG["+/-"]
    BG --> BH["+/-"]
    BH --> BI["+/-"]
    BI --> BJ["+/-"]
    BJ --> BK["+/-"]
    BK --> BL["+/-"]
    BL --> BM["+/-"]
    BM --> BN["+/-"]
    BN --> BO["+/-"]
    BO --> BP["+/-"]
    BP --> BQ["+/-"]
    BQ --> BR["+/-"]
    BR --> BS["+/-"]
    BS --> BT["+/-"]
    BT --> BU["+/-"]
    BU --> BV["+/-"]
    BV --> BW["+/-"]
    BW --> BX["+/-"]
    BX --> BY["+/-"]
    BY --> BZ["+/-"]
    BZ --> CA["+/-"]
    CA --> CB["+/-"]
    CB --> CC["+/-"]
    CC --> CD["+/-"]
    CD --> CE["+/-"]
    CE --> CF["+/-"]
    CF --> CG["+/-"]
    CG --> CH["+/-"]
    CH --> CI["+/-"]
    CI --> CJ["+/-"]
    CJ --> CK["+/-"]
    CK --> CL["+/-"]
    CL --> CM["+/-"]
    CM --> CN["+/-"]
    CN --> CO["+/-"]
    CO --> CP["+/-"]
    CP --> CQ["+/-"]
    CQ --> CR["+/-"]
    CR --> CS["+/-"]
    CS --> CT["+/-"]
    CT --> CU["+/-"]
    CU --> CV["+/-"]
    CV --> CW["+/-"]
    CW --> CX["+/-"]
    CX --> CY["+/-"]
    CY --> CZ["+/-"]
    CZ --> DA["+/-"]
    DA --> DB["+/-"]
    DB --> DC["+/-"]
    DC --> DV["+/-"]
    DV --> DW["+/-"]
    DW --> DX["+/-"]
    DX --> DXB["+/-"]

graph TD
    A["Set all ES3 INK cartridges."] --> B{Check the condition}
    B --> C["FILLING UP NOW. PLEASE WAIT ES3-4Color *****--------"]
    C --> D["Processing completed"]
    D --> E["Check discharge"]
    E --> F["Ink filling completed"]
    G["END"] --> H["Filling up isn't COMPLETED. May I stop it ? :ent"]
    H --> I["When the ink filling function is being executed again because ink filling was not completed successfully, pressing the END key here does not work!"]
    J["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg"] --> K["Replace a waste ink tank. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]
    L["ENTER"] --> M["Recovery from abnormal condition"]
    M --> N["Normal"]

graph TD
    A["When media detection function is set to ON"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C["Input of MediaLength MEDIA LENGTH = 50m"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]

Function Flowchart [LOCAL mode]

graph TD
    A["LOCAL"] --> B["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> C{L: > [JV5-01] width: **** mm}
    C --> D["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C ORIGIN SET UP 0.0 ----"]
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C ORIGIN SET UP ** ORIGIN **"]
    E --> F["END: Operation, including limited setting, is ended."]
    F --> G["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C MEDIA CUT <ENT>"]
    G --> H["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C MEDIA CUTTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    H --> I["DATA CLEAR"]
    I --> J["END"]
    J --> K["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C DATA CLEAR <ENT>"]
    K --> L["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C DATA CLEAR **"]
    L --> M["TEST DRAW"]
    M --> N["END"]
    N --> O["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C TEST DRAW <ENT>"]
    O --> P["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C CLEANING TYPE :NORMAL SOFT HARD"]
    P --> Q["CLEANING"]
    Q --> R["END"]
    R --> S["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C CLEANING HEAD SELECT :1234"]
    S --> T["SETUP / MEDIA COMP."]
    T --> U["FEED COMP."]
    U --> V["ENTER"]
    V --> W["ES3-INK REMAIN MCYKKYCM 34567899"]
    W --> X["ENTER or ▶"]
    X --> Y["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C HEAD GAP 2.0mm MEDIA THICK 0.3mm"]
    Y --> Z["ENTER or ▶"]
    Z --> AA["*RESULTof DIAGNOSIS* HDC:123x HEAD:12x? HEAD-MEM:12x4 SDRAM:0.5GB(1GB)"]
    AA --> AB["When there is no problem"]
    AB --> AC["END"]
    AC --> AD["ENTER"]
    AD --> AE["INFOR"]
    AE --> AF["To p.6-42"]

graph TD
    A["ENTER"] --> B["OR"]
    B --> C["JV5-160S V1.00\nNCU V1.00"]
    A --> D["OR"]
    D --> E["USB-I/F V1.00\nMRL-II V1.00"]

Set a Mimaki Original ink. NON-ORIGINAL INK M-C--K---C-M- Extract a cartridge and set again. WRONG INK IC M-C--K---C-M- Set a cartridge. No CARTRIDGE M-C--K---C-M- It expires. Exchange it. Expiration:2MONTH M-C--K---C-M- It expires. Exchange it. Expiration M-C--K---C-M- Replace a waste ink tank. A waste ink tank is FULL soon now. Replace a waste ink tank, or set it. A waste ink tank is FULL, or NONE. Set a ES3 INK Cartridge. Kind of INK M-C--K---C-M- There is no ink. Exchange it. INK REMAIN ZERO M-C--K---C-M- Fill with the maint. washing liquid. Maint.washing liquid un-filling up. The color of ink is wrong. Color of INK M-C--K---C-M- Ink was finished. Exchange it. INK END M-C--K---C-M- Exchange a washing liquid cartridge. Maintenance washing liquid END. A cartridge is unusual,Please check WRONG CARTRIDGE M-C--K---C-M- Ink will be finished soon. Exchange it. INK NEAR END M-C--K---C-M- Exchange a washing liquid cartridge. Maintenance washing liquid Near-END Warning :Description of ink cartridge status is displayed. Two or more descriptions, if any, can be displayed in order using the [▲] or [▼] key. Status change is displayed in real time. The display will return to showing the remaining amount of ink by pressing [INFOR] or [END] key.

graph TD
    A["From p.6-40"] --> B["HEATER"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    B --> D["40°C 50°C 35°C (35 40 50)"]
    A --> E["HEATER / END / 30 seconds / Error"]
    E --> F["USER TYPE"]
    F --> G["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    F --> H["USER TYPE CHANGE TYPE(1) --> <2> :ent"]
    A --> I["END"]
    I --> J["REMOTE"]
    J --> K["When PG DROP ADJUST has not been made"]
    K --> L["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    L --> M["* Do * 'PG DROP ADJUST.*"]
    J --> N["Other messages"]
    N --> O["Rise in consumption electricCurrent.(LD) ***** CAUTION ***** INCU is separated."]
    O --> P["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C TEMPERATURE CONTROL! PLEASE WAIT"]
    J --> Q["NCU function being executed"]
    Q --> R["ST.MAINT"]
    R --> S["ST.MAINTENANCE"]
    A --> T["INFOR"]
    T --> U["INFORMATION"]
    A --> V["FUNCTION"]

Select the PRE, PRINT and AFTER one by one with [◀] or [▶] key. Adjust each temperature with [▲] or [▼] key. Range :OFF, 20 to 60 (PRE/PRINT) OFF, 20 to 70 (AFTER) The number in ( ) represents the current type, which can be changed to the number shown in < >. The user type can be changed in the order of →2→3→4→... by pressing the [USER TYPE] key. It can also be changed using the [▲] or [▼] key. Press the [ENTER] key to confirm the selection or press the [END] key to cancel it.

graph LR
    A["Preset temperatures have been reached or"] --> B["REMOTE"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]

Function Flowchart [REMOTE mode]

graph TD
    A["REMOTE"] --> B["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C R. => [JV5-01"] **.** m]
    B --> C["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C R. => 720x1080 .12 Bd Vd x1.1L: **.** m"]
    C --> D["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C Cartridge /End /NearEnd"]
    D --> E["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C R. => 720x1080 .12 Bd Vd x1.1L: **.** m"]
    E --> F["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C R. => [JV5-01"] **.** m]
    F --> G["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C 6 color=MCcKYCM"]
    G --> H["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C FEED COMPENSATION. 0 > 0"]
    H --> I["PRE 35°C PRT AFT 50°C FEED COMPENSATION. 0 > 0"]
    I --> J["END / Error"]
    J --> K["FEED COMP"]
    K --> L["END / Error"]
    L --> M["ENTER (Setting saved)"]
    M --> N["END"]
    N --> O["(Setting not saved: valid temporarily)"]
    B --> P["Signal received"]
    P --> Q["Displayed alternately"]
    Q --> R["Displayed alternately"]
    R --> S["6 color=MCcKYCMm"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

graph TD
    A["Pressing HEATER key or ENTER key in operations below is to be performed when the printer is in any state shown within the chart enclosed with dotted line above."] --> B["HEATER"]
    B --> C["PRE 35°C PRT 40°C AFT 50°C"]
    B --> D["HEATER / END / 30 seconds / Error 40°C 50°C 35°C (35 40 50)"]
    B --> E["ENTER"]
    E --> F["ES3-INK REMAIN MCYKKYCM 34567899"]
    E --> G["End of display / 30 seconds / Error"]

graph TD
    A["PRE PRT AFT\n35°C 40°C 50°C"] --> B["FEED COMPENSATION.\nSAVE :ent"]
    B --> C

Select the PRE, PRINT and AFTER one by one with [◀] or [▶] key. Adjust each temperature with [◀] or [▼] key. Range :OFF, 20 to 60 (PRE/PRINT) OFF, 20 to 70 (AFTER)

Function Flowchart [FUNCTION Key]

graph TD
    A["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C L.*> [JV5-01"] width: **** mm] --> B["FUNCTION or"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION SETUP <ENT>"]
    C --> D["FUNCTION or"]
    D --> E["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION MAINTENANCE <ENT>"]
    E --> F["FUNCTION or"]
    F --> G["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION MACHINE SETUP <ENT>"]
    G --> H["FUNCTION or"]
    H --> I["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION NCU <ENT>"]
    I --> J["FUNCTION or"]
    J --> K["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C FUNCTION DISPLAY <ENT>"]
    K --> L["FUNCTION or"]
    L --> M["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C DISPLAY Japanese <ent>"]
    M --> N["END"]
    N --> O["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C MAIN TENANCE"]
    O --> P["MENU"]
    P --> Q["INPUT to ENTER"]
    Q --> R["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C OUTPUT TO P.6-48"]
    R --> S["OUTPUT TO ENTER"]
    S --> T["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C OUTPUT TO PRINT MODE <ent>"]
    T --> U["OUTPUT TO ENTER"]
    U --> V["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C OUTPUT TO HEATER <ent>"]
    V --> W["OUTPUT TO ENTER"]
    W --> X["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C OUTPUT TO PRINT MODE <ent>"]
    X --> Y["OUTPUT TO ENTER"]
    Y --> Z["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C OUTPUT TO PRINT MODE <ent>"]

graph TD
    A["Pattern drawing and input of Comp.value."] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["PLEASE WAIT PRINTING"]
    C --> D["END"]
    D --> E["PRINT completed"]
    E --> F["About 0.01mm changes with 6"]
    F --> G["(-255~255)"]
    G --> H["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    H --> I["INPUT RANGE 200 - 10%"]
    I --> J["INPUT RANGE 200 - 10%"]
    J --> K["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    K --> L["INPUT RANGE 200 - 10%"]
    L --> M["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    M --> N["PRE PRT AFT MOVEMENT TEST <ent>"]
    N --> O["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    O --> P["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    P --> Q["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    Q --> R["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    R --> S["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    S --> T["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    T --> U["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    U --> V["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    V --> W["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    W --> X["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    X --> Y["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    Y --> Z["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    Z --> AA["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AA --> AB["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AB --> AC["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AC --> AD["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AD --> AE["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AE --> AF["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AF --> AG["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AG --> AH["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AH --> AI["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AI --> AJ["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AJ --> AK["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AK --> AL["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AL --> AM["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AM --> AN["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AN --> AO["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AO --> AP["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AP --> AQ["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AQ --> AR["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AR --> AS["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AS --> AT["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AT --> AU["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AU --> AV["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AV --> AW["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AW --> AX["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AX --> AY["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AY --> AZ["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AZ --> BA["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BA --> BB["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BB --> BC["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AC --> BD["PRE PRT AFT MOVEMENT TEST <ent>"]
    BD --> BE["ENTER"]
    BE --> BF["Detection operation"]
    BF --> BG["*RESULT of MOV.TEST* FEED ERROR : .2% [DIRECT"]METHOD > OK .100% SPEED > OK :ent]
    BF --> BH["*RESULT of MOV.TEST* FEED ERROR : .0.5% Recommendation is specified :ent"]
    BE --> BI["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BJ["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BK["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BL["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BM["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BN["INPUT RANGE OFF, .20 - .60 °C PRE [OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]PRT["OFF, .20 - .60 °C"]AFT["OFF, .20 - .70 °C"]]
    BE --> BO["OUTPUT TIME GUIDE display [Time to heater off"]]
    BO --> BP["OFF time guide display [Time to heater off"]]
    BE --> BQ["The Display 1 indicates the current settings. The quality of the .540x+dpi is set up."]
    BQ --> BR["ENTER"]
    BR --> BS["DRAF QUALITY FAST DRAFT QUALITY FINE"]
    BS --> BT["FUNCTION: STANDARD PASS=8:SCAN=HiSpeed ENTER STANDARD / SCAN=HiSpeed<br>        [1"]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY
        [1]DRAFT QUALITY

    subgraph Designations
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LR
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LC
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
        direction LB
            subgraph Designations:
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB

            subgraph Designations:
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            directional TB

            subgraph Designations:
            direction TB
            directional TB

            subgraph Designations:
            direction TB<br>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nd br>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nd br>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEHEIGHT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nBR>[REDACT\nEFFECT\nEHT]\nFRANKERATION OF PROCESSED FOR PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED POWER OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSED CONTROLING OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSELATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCESSENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROCETASENTATION OF PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs.
PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs.
PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROTECTOR vs. PROFIC SET = FUNC.| 
    end

graph TD
    A["From p.6-46"] --> B["FUNCTION or"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["INK LAYERS <ent>"]
    D --> E["FUNCTION or"]
    E --> F["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    F --> G["DRYING TIME <ent>"]
    G --> H["FUNCTION or"]
    H --> I["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    I --> J["AUTO CUT <ent>"]
    J --> K["FUNCTION or"]
    K --> L["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    L --> M["PRE-FEED <ent>"]
    M --> N["FUNCTION or"]
    N --> O["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    O --> P["MARGIN <ent>"]
    P --> Q["FUNCTION or"]
    Q --> R["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    R --> S["COLOR PATTERN <ent>"]
    S --> T["FUNCTION or"]
    T --> U["To p.6-50"]

    C --> V["ENTER"]
    V --> W["[1"]INK LAYERS SETUP :1 (1~9)]
    F --> X["ENTER"]
    X --> Y["INPUT RANGE 0.0 - 19.9s"]
    G --> Z["ENTER"]
    Z --> AA["SCAN : Draw END 0.0s : 0s (0.00~19.9s)"]
    I --> AB["ENTER"]
    AB --> AC["[1"]AUTO CUT SETUP :OFF :ON]
    L --> AD["ENTER"]
    AD --> AE["[1"]PRE-FEED SETUP :OFF :ON]
    M --> AF["ENTER"]
    AF --> AG["[1"]PRE-FEED SETUP :OFF :ON]
    O --> AH["ENTER"]
    AH --> AI["INPUT RANGE -10 - 85mm"]
    P --> AJ["ENTER"]
    AJ --> AK["LEFT : RIGHT 0 mm : 0 mm"]
    R --> AL["ENTER"]
    AL --> AM["[1"]COLOR PATTERN SETUP :ON :OFF]

graph TD
    A["From p.6-47"] --> B["The quality of the 720x*dpi is set up."]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["DECIDE = [ENTER"]
DETAIL SET = [FUNC.]]
    D --> E["END"]
    E --> F["FINE PASS=24:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    F --> G["ENTER"]
    G --> H["FINE / 720x540 PASS=24:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    H --> I["ENTER or END"]
    I --> J["END"]
    J --> K["FINE PASS=16:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    K --> L["ENTER"]
    L --> M["FINE / 720x720 PASS=16:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    M --> N["ENTER or END"]
    N --> O["END"]
    O --> P["FINE PASS=24:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    P --> Q["ENTER"]
    Q --> R["FINE / 720x1080 PASS=24:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    R --> S["ENTER or END"]
    S --> T["END"]
    T --> U["FINE PASS=32:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    U --> V["ENTER"]
    V --> W["FINE / 720x1440 PASS=32:SCAN=HiSpeed"]
    W --> X["ENTER or END"]
    X --> Y["END"]
    Y --> Z["END"]

    subgraph Display1
        B --> C
        C --> D
        D --> E
        E --> F
        F --> G
        G --> H
        H --> I
        I --> J
        J --> K
        K --> L
        L --> M
        M --> N
        N --> O
        O --> P
        P --> Q
        Q --> R
        R --> S
        S --> T
        T --> U
        U --> V
        V --> W
        W --> X
        X --> Y
        Y --> Z
    end

    Note: The Display1 indicates the current settings.

```mermaid
graph TD
    A["From p.6-48"] --> B["FUNCTION or"]
    B --> C["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["REFRESH <ent>"]
    E --> F["ENTER or END"]
    F --> G["LEVEL 0~3"]
    G --> H["FUNCTION or"]
    H --> I["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    I --> J["ENTER"]
    J --> K["REFRESH <ent>"]
    K --> L["ENTER or END"]
    L --> M["LEVEL 0~3"]
    M --> N["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    N --> O["ENTER"]
    O --> P["REFRESH <ent>"]
    P --> Q["ENTER or END"]
    Q --> R["LEVEL 0~3"]
    R --> S["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    S --> T["ENTER"]
    T --> U["REFRESH <ent>"]
    U --> V["ENTER or END"]
    V --> W["LEVEL 0~3"]
    W --> X["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    X --> Y["ENTER"]
    Y --> Z["REFRESH <ent>"]
    Z --> AA["ENTER or END"]
    AA --> AB["LEVEL 0~3"]
    AB --> AC["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AC --> AD["ENTER"]
    AD --> AE["REFRESH <ent>"]
    AE --> AF["ENTER or END"]
    AF --> AG["LEVEL 0~3"]
    AG --> AH["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AH --> AI["ENTER"]
    AI --> AJ["REFRESH <ent>"]
    AJ --> AK["ENTER or END"]
    AK --> AL["LEVEL 0~3"]
    AL --> AM["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AM --> AN["ENTER"]
    AN --> AO["REFRESH <ent>"]
    AO --> AP["ENTER or END"]
    AP --> AQ["LEVEL 0~3"]
    AQ --> AR["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AR --> AS["ENTER"]
    AS --> AT["REFRESH <ent>"]
    AT --> AU["ENTER or END"]
    AU --> AV["LEVEL 0~3"]
    AV --> AW["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AW --> AX["ENTER"]
    AX --> AY["REFRESH <ent>"]
    AY --> AZ["ENTER or END"]
    AZ --> BA["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BA --> BB["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BB --> BC["ENTER"]
    BC --> BD["REFRESH <ent>"]
    BD --> BE["ENTER or END"]
    BE --> BF["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BF --> BG["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BG --> BH["ENTER"]
    BH --> BI["REFRESH <ent>"]
    BI --> BJ["ENTER or END"]
    BJ --> BK["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BK --> BL["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BL --> BM["ENTER"]
    BM --> BN["REFRESH <ent>"]
    BN --> BO["ENTER or END"]
    BO --> BP["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BP --> BQ["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BQ --> BR["ENTER"]
    BR --> BS["REFRESH <ent>"]
    BS --> BT["ENTER or END"]
    BT --> BU["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BU --> BV["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    BV --> BW["ENTER"]
    BW --> BX["REFRESH <ent>"]
    BX --> BY["ENTER or END"]
    BY --> BZ["LEVEL 0~3"]
    BZ --> CA["PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C"]
    AC["DECE = [ENTER"] DETAIL SET = [FUNC.]] --> AD
    AD --> AE["PRIORITY SETUP : INDIVIDUALLY ALL HOST ALL PANEL FUNCTION"]

    subgraph Inputs
        direction TB
        direction LR
        direction SL
        direction BT
        direction BU
        direction CV
        direction BT
        direction CV
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction TB
        direction TB
        direction LR
        direction SL
        direction SL
        direction SL
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SB
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction SP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        direction TP
        directional TP
        directional TP
        directional TP
        directional TP
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            direction TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            directional TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            Direction TB
            directional TB

    %% The diagram illustrates the process of a process involving a process with multiple inputs (e.g., REFRESH, VACUUM) and outputs (e.g., DECIDE, AUTO CLEANING, HEAD GAP, MEDIA DETECT). The process is structured to create a multi-stage design with labels such as 'AUTO CLEANING', 'HEAD GAP', and 'MEDIA DETECT'. The process is structured to generate output labels based on the input parameters and outputs.

graph TD
    A["ENTER"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["ENTER"]

    subgraph PANEL_PANEL
        F1["1[PRIORITY MEDIA COMP. :HOST PANEL"] --> G1["1[PRIORITY HEATER :HOST PANEL"] --> H1["1[PRIORITY PRINT MODE :HOST PANEL"] --> I1["1[PRIORITY INK LAYERS :HOST PANEL"]
    end

    subgraph PANEL_PANEL
        F2["1[PRIORITY DRYING TIME :HOST PANEL"] --> G2["1[PRIORITY AUTO CUT :HOST PANEL"] --> H2["1[PRIORITY PRE-FEED :HOST PANEL"] --> I2["1[PRIORITY MARGIN :HOST PANEL"]
    end

    subgraph PANEL_PANEL
        F3["1[PRIORITY COLOR PATTERN :HOST PANEL"] --> G3["1[PRIORITY REFRESH :HOST PANEL"] --> H3["1[PRIORITY VACUUM :HOST PANEL"] --> I3["1[PRIORITY MEDIA FD.SPEED :HOST PANEL"]
    end

    subgraph PANEL_PANEL
        F4["1[PRIORITY MediaFD.METHOD :HOST PANEL"] --> G4["CLEANING INTERVAL 10 - 10000mm"]
        G4 --> H4["CLEANING TYPE SOFT / NORMAL / HARD"]
        H4 --> I4["INTERVAL :TYPE 1000mm :NORMAL SOFT / NORMAL / HARD"]
        I4 --> J4["INTERVAL :TYPE 1000mm :NORMAL"]
    end

    subgraph WIDTH
        F5["1[MEDIA DETECT DETECT METHOD :SELECT WIDTH"] --> G5["LEFT EDGE RIGHT EDGE NONE"]
        G5 --> H5["左侧清洁方法"]
        H5 --> I5["左侧自动切换"]
        I5 --> J5["右侧自动切换"]
    end

    subgraph Initialization_of_parameters
        J5 --> K["Initialization of parameters"]
    end

graph TD
    A["MAINTENANCE"] --> B["MAINTENANCE ST.MAINTENANCE <ent>"]
    B --> C["STARTER"]
    C --> D["ST.MAINTENANCE CARRIAGE OUT <ent>"]
    D --> E["STARTER"]
    E --> F["ST.MAINTENANCE COMPLETED :ent"]
    F --> G["STARTER"]
    G --> H["END"]
    H --> I["END"]
    I --> J["END"]
    J --> K["END"]
    K --> L["END"]
    L --> M["END"]
    M --> N["END"]
    N --> O["END"]
    O --> P["END"]
    P --> Q["END"]
    Q --> R["END"]
    R --> S["END"]
    S --> T["END"]
    T --> U["END"]
    U --> V["END"]
    V --> W["END"]
    W --> X["END"]
    X --> Y["END"]
    Y --> Z["END"]
    Z --> AA["END"]
    AA --> AB["END"]
    AB --> AC["END"]
    AC --> AD["END"]
    AD --> AE["END"]
    AE --> AF["END"]
    AF --> AG["END"]
    AG --> AH["END"]
    AH --> AI["END"]
    AI --> AJ["END"]
    AJ --> AK["END"]
    AK --> AL["END"]
    AL --> AM["END"]
    AM --> AN["END"]
    AN --> AO["END"]
    AO --> AP["END"]
    AP --> AQ["END"]
    AQ --> AR["END"]
    AR --> AS["END"]
    AS --> AT["END"]
    AT --> AU["END"]
    AU --> AV["END"]
    AV --> AW["END"]
    AW --> AX["END"]
    AX --> AY["END"]
    AY --> AZ["END"]
    AZ --> BA["END"]
    BA --> BB["END"]
    BB --> BC["END"]
    BC --> BD["END"]
    BD --> BE["END"]
    BE --> BF["END"]
    BF --> BG["END"]
    BG --> BH["END"]
    BH --> BI["END"]
    BI --> BJ["END"]
    BJ --> BK["END"]
    BK --> BL["END"]
    BL --> BM["END"]
    BM --> BN["END"]
    BN --> BO["END"]
    BO --> BP["END"]
    BP --> BQ["END"]
    BQ --> BR["END"]
    BR --> BS["END"]
    BS --> BT["END"]
    BT --> BU["END"]
    BU --> BV["END"]
    BV --> BW["END"]
    BW --> BX["END"]
    BX --> BY["END"]
    BY --> BZ["END"]
    BZ --> CA["END"]
    CA --> CB["END"]
    CB --> CC["END"]
    CC --> CD["END"]
    CD --> CE["END"]
    CE --> CF["END"]
    CF --> CG["END"]
    CG --> CH["END"]
    CH --> CI["END"]
    CI --> CJ["END"]
    CJ --> CK["END"]
    CK --> CR["END"]
    CR --> CS["END"]
    CS --> CT["END"]
    CT --> CU["END"]
    CU --> CV["END"]
    CV --> CW["END"]
    CW --> CX["END"]
    CX --> CY["END"]
    CY --> CZ["END"]

graph TD
    A["Close a cover."] --> B["CLOSE"] --> C["RESTART"]
    D["Close a cover."] --> E["CLOSE"] --> F["RESTART"]
    G["Clean a wiper and bracket."] --> H["ENTER"] --> I["Fill a cap with washing liquid fully"] --> J["ENTER"] --> K["Input leaving time. 1 - 99min"] --> L["ENTER"]
    M["WIPER CLEANING COMPLETED(NEXT) :ent"] --> N["Fill the liquid. COMPLETED(NEXT) :ent"] --> O["ST.MAINTENANCE LEAVING TIME :1min"]
    P["Close a cover."] --> Q["CLOSE"] --> R["RESTART"]
    S["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg"] --> T["Replace a waste ink tank. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]
    U["Fill a cal while absorption stops. ST.MAINTENANCE COMPLETED :ent"] --> V["ENTER"] --> W["Close a cover."] --> X["CLOSE"] --> Y["RESTART"]
    Z["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg"] --> AA["Replace a waste ink tank. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]
    AB["Clean a wiper and bracket."] --> AC["ENTER"] --> AD["Fill a cap with washing liquid fully"] --> AE["ENTER"] --> AF["Input leaving time. 1 - 99min"] --> AG["ENTER"]
    AH["WIPER CLEANING COMPLETED(NEXT) :ent"] --> AI["Fill the liquid. COMPLETED(NEXT) :ent"] --> AJ["ST.MAINTENANCE LEAVING TIME :1min"]
    AK["Close a cover."] --> AL["CLOSE"] --> AM["RESTART"]
    AN["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after theTANK set or exchg"] --> AO["Replace a waste ink tank. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]

graph TD
    A["From p.6-52"] --> B["ST.Maintenance PUMP TUBE WASH <ent>"]
    B --> C{ENTER}
    C -->|Yes| D["Has cleaning liquid been supplied?"]
    C -->|No| E["Not supplied yet"]
    D --> F["Already supplied"]
    E --> G["** Washing liquid **"]
    B --> H["ST.Maintenance WIPER WASH <ent>"]
    H --> I{ENTER}
    I -->|Yes| J["Has cleaning liquid been supplied?"]
    I -->|No| K["Not supplied yet"]
    J --> L["Already supplied"]
    K --> M["** Washing liquid **"]
    B --> N["CR.Maintenance CARRIAGE OUT :ent"]
    N --> O["ENTER"]
    O --> P["CR.Maintenance COMPLETED :ent"]
    B --> Q["CR.Maintenance CR.Maintenance <ent>"]
    Q --> R["END"]
    R --> S["CR.Maintenance CARRIAGE OUT :ent"]
    S --> T["ENTER"]
    T --> U["CR.Maintenance COMPLETED :ent"]
    B --> V["HD.Maintenance FILL UP INK <ent>"]
    V --> W{ENTER}
    W -->|Yes| X["Choose a head to fill."]
    W -->|No| Y["FILL UP INK HEAD SELECT :12.34"]
    V --> Z["END"]
    Z --> AA["END"]
    AA --> AB["Ink discharge. Remove cartridges."]
    V --> AC["HD.Maintenance DISCHARGE&WASH <ent>"]
    AC --> AD{ENTER}
    AD -->|Yes| AE["MMCC YYKK KKYY CCMM"]
    AD -->|No| AF["END"]
    AF --> AG["END"]
    AG --> AH["Function or"]
    H --> AI["FUNCTION or"]
    V --> AJ["FUNCTION or"]
    AC --> AK["FUNCTION or"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Q fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style R fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style T fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style U fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style V fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style W fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style X fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style Y fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

graph TD
    A["Is waste ink tank normal?"] -->|Recovery from abnormal condition| B["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg"]
    A -->|Normal| C["WASHING PLEASE WAIT PUMP TUBE WASH *****"]
    C --> D["Clean a wiper and bracket. PUMP TUBE WASH COMPLETED :ent"]
    D --> E["Close a cover."]
    E --> F["RESTART"]
    G["WASHING PLEASE WAIT WIPER WASH *****"] --> H["ENTER"]
    H --> I["Clean a wiper and bracket. WIPER WASH COMPLETED :ent"]
    I --> J["ENTER"]
    J --> K["Close a cover."]
    K --> L["RESTART"]
    M["Is waste ink tank normal?"] -->|Normal| N["FILLING UP NOW. PLEASE WAIT FILL UP INK *****"]
    N --> O["Recovery from abnormal condition"]
    O --> P["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg"]
    P --> Q["Replace a waste ink tank. <ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]
    Q --> R["End"]
    S["Is waste ink tank normal?"] -->|Normal| T["Being discharged PLEASE WAIT *****"]
    T --> U["Discharge not completed"]
    U --> V["Check discharge"]
    V --> W["Set all washing liquid cartridges. 1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    W --> X["Check the condition"]
    X --> Y["Remove all washing liquid cartridges. 1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    Y --> Z["To p.6-57 To p.6-57"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

graph TD
    A["FUNCTION or"] --> B["END"]
    B --> C["HD.Maintenance MaintWashLiquid <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["MaintWashLiquid FILLING UP <ent>"]
    E --> F["(Supply for the first time)"]
    F --> G["ENTER"]
    G --> H["(Supply after discharge)"]
    H --> I["End"]
    I --> J["To p.6-58 To p.6-58"]

graph TD
    A["Is waste ink tank normal?"] --> B{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    B -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| C["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    C --> D{Discharge not completed}
    D -->|Yes| E["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    D -->|No| F["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    F --> G["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    G --> H{Check the condition}
    H -->|Yes| I["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    H -->|No| J["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    J --> K{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    K -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| L["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    L --> M{Discharge not completed}
    M -->|Yes| N["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    N --> O["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    N --> P{Check the condition}
    P -->|Yes| Q["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    P -->|No| R["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    R --> S{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    S -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| T["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    T --> U{Discharge not completed}
    U -->|Yes| V["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    V --> W["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    V --> X{Check the condition}
    X -->|Yes| Y["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    X -->|No| Z["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    Z --> AA{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    AA -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| AB["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    AB --> AC{Discharge not completed}
    AC -->|Yes| AD["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    AD --> AE["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    AD --> AF{Check the condition}
    AF -->|Yes| AG["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AF -->|No| AH["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AH --> AI{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    AI -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| AJ["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    AJ --> AK{Discharge not completed}
    AK -->|Yes| AL["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    AL --> AM["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    AL --> AN{Check the condition}
    AN -->|Yes| AO["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AN -->|No| AP["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AP --> AQ["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AQ --> AR{Recovery from abnormal condition}
    AR -->|No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL<br><ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg| AS["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    AS --> AT["Discharge End"]
    AS --> AU["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    AU --> AV["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    AU --> AW["Remove all washing liquid cartridges"]
    AW --> AX["1234 5678 9ABC DEFG"]
    AX --> AY{Check the condition}
    AY -->|Yes| AZ["Is waste ink tank normal?"]
    AY -->|No| BA["Is waste ink tank normal?"]

graph TD
    A["From p.6-56 From p.6-56"] --> B["FUNCTION or"]
    B --> C["MAINTENANCE DROP.POScorrect <ent>"]
    C --> D["FUNCTION or"]
    D --> E["MAINTENANCE PG DROP ADJUST. <ent>"]
    E --> F["FUNCTION or"]
    F --> G["MAINTENANCE SLEEP SET UP <ent>"]
    G --> H["FUNCTION or"]
    H --> I["MAINTENANCE ROUTINE SETUP <ent>"]
    I --> J["FUNCTION or"]
    J --> K["To p.6-60"]

    C --> L["ENTER"]
    L --> M["DROP.POScorrect PRINT START :ent"]
    M --> N["ENTER"]
    N --> O["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    O --> P["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    P --> Q["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    Q --> R["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    R --> S["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    S --> T["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    T --> U["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    U --> V["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    V --> W["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    W --> X["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    X --> Y["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    Y --> Z["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    Z --> AA["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AA --> AB["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AB --> AC["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AC --> AD["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AD --> AE["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AE --> AF["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AF --> AG["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AG --> AH["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AH --> AI["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AI --> AJ["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AJ --> AK["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AK --> AL["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AL --> AM["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AM --> AN["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AN --> AO["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AO --> AP["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AP --> AQ["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AQ --> AR["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AR --> AS["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AS --> AT["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AT --> AU["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AU --> AV["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AV --> AW["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AW --> AX["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AX --> AY["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AY --> AZ["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    AZ --> BA["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BA --> BB["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BB --> BC["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BC --> BD["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BD --> BE["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BE --> BF["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BF --> BG["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BG --> BH["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BH --> BI["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BI --> BJ["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BJ --> BK["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BK --> BL["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BL --> BM["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BM --> BN["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BN --> BO["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BO --> BP["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]
    BP --> BQ["PRINTING PLEASE WAIT"]

graph TD
    A["Remove a maint.wash. liquid cartridge."] --> B{Is waste ink tank normal?}
    C["There is a CARTRIDGE"] --> B
    B --> D{Abnormal}
    D -->|Recovery from abnormal condition| E["No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL"]
    E --> F["<ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK set or exchg"]
    F --> G["Replace a waste ink tank"]
    G --> H["<ENT>keyHIT is after the TANK exchange."]
    H --> I["ENTER"]
    I --> J["Normal"]
    J --> K["It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT"]
    K --> L["*****"]

    M["Input COMP value. -40.0 - +40.0"] --> N{Pattern 1~4 -40.0~40.0}
    N --> O["Input COMP value. -40.0 - +40.0"]
    O --> P{Pattern 1~4 -40.0~40.0}
    P --> Q["PG DROP ADJUST. PATTERN1 = 0.0"]
    Q --> R["When filling with cleaning liquid is needed"]
    R --> S["*Washliquid UN-FILL*"]

    T["SLEEP SET UP CLEAN. TYPE :NORMAL"] --> U["SOFT HARD"]

    V["0 - 9990cnt (0 = OFF)"] --> W["ROUTINE WIPING SCAN COUNT =50"]

    X["1 - 60°C"] --> Y["ROUTINE WIPING TEMP.DIFF. =20°C"]

    Z["When filling with cleaning liquid is needed"] --> AA["*Washliquid UN-FILL*"]

    AB["ROUTINE SETUP CLEAN. TYPE :NORMAL"] --> AC["SOFT HARD"]

graph TD
    A["From p.6-58"] --> B["MAINTENANCE WIPER LEVEL <ent>"]
    B --> C["FUNCTION or"]
    C --> D["MAINTENANCE HEAD SELECT <ent>"]
    D --> E["FUNCTION or"]
    E --> F["MAINTENANCE MEDIA RESIDUAL <ent>"]
    F --> G["FUNCTION or"]
    G --> H["MAINTENANCE BeforeMovingIt. <ent>"]
    H --> I["END"]
    I --> J["BeforeMovingIt. START :ent"]

    B --> K["ENTER"]
    K --> L["WIPER LEVEL :10/10 10/10~1/10"]
    D --> M["ENTER"]
    M --> N["HEAD SELECT SELECT :1234"]

    F --> O["ENTER"]
    O --> P["MEDIA RESIDUAL SET UP <ent>"]
    P --> Q["ENTER or END"]
    Q --> R["MEDIA RESIDUAL SET UP :OFF :ON"]

    H --> S["ENTER"]
    S --> T["ThePreparation which a device is moved to"]
    T --> U["ENTER"]
    U --> V["BeforeMovingIt. **PLEASE POWER-OFF**"]

    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style Q fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style R fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

graph TD
    A["MACHINE SET"] --> B["DEODORIZE FAN"]
    B --> C{FUNCTION or END}
    C -->|END| B
    B -->|END| D["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME"]
    D --> E{FUNCTION or END}
    E -->|END| D
    D -->|END| F["DEODORIZE FAN RENEW"]
    F --> G{FUNCTION or END}
    G -->|END| F
    F -->|END| H["DEODORIZE FAN RENEW :HIGH :OFF"]
    H --> I{FUNCTION or END}
    I -->|END| H
    H -->|END| J["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    J --> K{FUNCTION or END}
    K -->|END| L["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :120Min :0~240 STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    L --> M{FUNCTION or END}
    M -->|END| M
    M -->|END| N["DEODORIZE FAN RENEW :HIGH :OFF"]
    N --> O{FUNCTION or END}
    O -->|END| P["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    P --> Q{FUNCTION or END}
    Q -->|END| R["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    R --> S{FUNCTION or END}
    S -->|END| T["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    T --> U{FUNCTION or END}
    U -->|END| V["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    V --> W{FUNCTION or END}
    W -->|END| X["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    X --> Y{FUNCTION or END}
    Y -->|END| Z["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    Z --> AA{FUNCTION or END}
    AA -->|END| AB["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AB --> AC{FUNCTION or END}
    AC -->|END| AD["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AD --> AE{FUNCTION or END}
    AE -->|END| AF["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AF --> AG{FUNCTION or END}
    AG -->|END| AH["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AH --> AI{FUNCTION or END}
    AI -->|END| AJ["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AJ --> AK{FUNCTION or END}
    AK -->|END| AL["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AL --> AM{FUNCTION or END}
    AM -->|END| AN["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AN --> AO{FUNCTION or END}
    AO -->|END| AP["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AP --> AQ{FUNCTION or END}
    AQ -->|END| AR["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AR --> AS{FUNCTION or END}
    AS -->|END| AT["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AT --> AU{FUNCTION or END}
    AU -->|END| AV["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AV --> AW{FUNCTION or END}
    AW -->|END| AX["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AX --> AY{FUNCTION or END}
    AY -->|END| AZ["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AZ --> BA{FUNCTION or END}
    BA -->|END| BB["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BB --> BC{FUNCTION or END}
    BC -->|END| BD["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BD --> BE{FUNCTION or END}
    BE -->|END| BF["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BF --> BG{FUNCTION or END}
    BG -->|END| BH["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BH --> BI{FUNCTION or END}
    BI -->|END| BJ["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BJ --> BK{FUNCTION or END}
    BK -->|END| BL["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BL --> BM{FUNCTION or END}
    BM -->|END| BN["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BN --> BO{FUNCTION or END}
    BO -->|END| BP["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BP --> BQ{FUNCTION or END}
    BQ -->|END| BR["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BR --> BS{FUNCTION or END}
    BS -->|END| BT["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BT --> BU{FUNCTION or END}
    BU -->|END| BV["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BV --> BW{FUNCTION or END}
    BW -->|END| BX["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BX --> BY{FUNCTION or END}
    BY -->|END| BZ["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    BZ --> CA{FUNCTION or END}
    CA -->|END| CB["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    CB --> CC{FUNCTION or END}
    CC -->|END| CD["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME :CONTINUE STOP TIME :OFF"]
    AD["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME:CONTINUE STOP TIME:OFF"] --> AE{FUNCTION or END}
    AE -->|END| AF["DEODORIZE FAN STOP TIME:CONTINUE STOP TIME:OFF"]
    AF --> AG["DRYNESS FEED:DRYNESS feed is done or it is set up."]
    AG --> AH["DRYNESS FEED SET UP:ON:OFF"]
    AH --> AI["MACHINE SETUP DRYNESS FEED:DRYNESS feed is done or it is set up."]
    AI --> AJ["MACHINE SETUP CONFIRM. FEED:DRYNESS FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:CONFIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEED:ConfIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEES:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:CONFIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FEE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:ConfIRM. FeE:Confirmally Confirmed by The Confirming the Drawing Is Setup"]
    AI["MACHINE SETUP CONFIRM. FEED"] --> AJ["MACHINE SETUP CONFIRM. NET SET"]
    AJ["MACHINE SETUP CONFIRM."] --> AK["MACHINE SETUP CONFIRM."] = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 |

graph TD
    A["From p.6-62"] --> B["INFORMATION PRT.modeHISTORY <ent>"]
    B --> C["ENTER"]
    C --> D["[01"] 05.08.25 11:22 >> CARRIAGE OUT]
    B --> E["END"]
    E --> F["[02"] 05.08.25 11:20 >> NOZZLE WASH]
    B --> G["END"]
    G --> H["[03"] 05.08.25 11:02 >> DISWAY WASH]
    B --> I["END"]
    I --> J["[04"] 05.08.25 09:37 >> WIPER WASH]

    B --> K["INFORMATION PRT.modeHISTORY <ent>"]
    K --> L["ENTER"]
    L --> M["PRT.modeHISTORY [01"] 05.09.29 09:57]
    K --> N["END"]
    N --> O["720x1080 . .12 Bd.Vd.x1.1L: 12.34m"]
    K --> P["END"]
    P --> Q["PRT.modeHISTORY [02"] 05.09.29 09:59]
    P --> R["720x720 . .8 Ud.Nd.x2.2L: 75.31m"]

    K --> S["INFORMATION LIST <ent>"]
    S --> T["ENTER"]
    T --> U["LIST ** LIST **"]

    K --> V["INFORMATION VERSION <ent>"]
    V --> W["ENTER"]
    W --> X["JV5-160S V1.00 NCU V1.00"]
    V --> Y["END"]
    Y --> Z["USB-I/F V1.00 MRL-III V1.00"]

    K --> AA["INFORMATION Serial&DealerNo <ent>"]
    AA --> AB["ENTER"]
    AB --> AC["SERIAL No S/N = *****"]
    AA --> AD["END"]
    AD --> AE["DEALER No D/N = *****"]

graph TD
    A[" "] --> B{** There is no}
    B -->|**| C["HISTORY **"]
    D[" "] --> E{** There is no}
    E -->|**| F["HISTORY **"]

graph TD
    A["NCU"] --> B["NCU NOZZLE CHECK <ent>"]
    B --> C{FUNCTION or END}
    C -->|OR| D["NOZZLE CHECK SELECT :ON :OFF"]
    D --> E["NCU NG ACTION <ent>"]
    E --> F{FUNCTION or END}
    F -->|OR| G["NG ACTION DURING THE DRAW <ent>"]
    G --> H{DURING Draw to detect coming OFF, movement}
    H -->|OR| I["ComingOFFis Ignored, and drawing is done."]
    I --> J["DURING THE DRAW SEL:CONTINUE"]
    J --> K{COMINGOFFIs Ignored, and drawing is done.}
    K -->|OR| L["Clean, and DRAWisCONT CLtypeSetWithFUNCkey"]
    L --> M["DURING THE DRAW SEL:CLEANING&CONT."]
    M --> N{If clean.IS NG, STOP Set up with FUNC.key}
    N -->|OR| O["DURING THE DRAW SEL:CLEANING&STOP"]
    O --> P{IT STOP as soon as possiblefltComesOFF}
    P -->|OR| Q["DURING THE DRAW SEL:STOP"]
    Q --> R["END"]
    R --> S["END"]
    S --> T["END"]
    T --> U["END"]
    U --> V["END"]
    V --> W["END"]
    W --> X["END"]
    X --> Y["END"]
    Y --> Z["END"]
    Z --> AA["END"]
    AA --> AB["END"]
    AB --> AC["END"]
    AC --> AD["END"]
    AD --> AE["END"]
    AE --> AF["END"]
    AF --> AG["END"]
    AG --> AH["END"]
    AH --> AI["END"]
    AI --> AJ["END"]
    AJ --> AK["END"]
    AK --> AL["END"]
    AL --> AM["END"]
    AM --> AN["END"]
    AN --> AO["END"]
    AO --> AP["END"]
    AP --> AQ["END"]
    AQ --> AR["END"]
    AR --> AS["END"]
    AS --> AT["END"]
    AT --> AU["END"]
    AU --> AV["END"]
    AV --> AW["END"]
    AW --> AX["END"]
    AX --> AY["END"]
    AY --> AZ["END"]
    AZ --> BA["END"]
    BA --> BB["END"]
    BB --> BC["END"]
    BC --> BD["END"]
    BD --> BE["END"]
    BE --> BF["END"]
    BF --> BG["END"]
    BG --> BH["END"]
    BH --> BI["END"]
    BI --> BJ["END"]
    BJ --> BK["END"]
    BK --> BL["END"]
    BL --> BM["END"]
    BM --> BN["END"]
    BN --> BO["END"]
    BO --> BP["END"]
    BP --> BQ["END"]
    BQ --> BR["END"]
    BR --> BS["END"]
    BS --> BT["END"]
    BT --> BU["END"]
    BU --> BV["END"]
    BV --> BW["END"]
    BW --> BX["END"]
    BX --> BY["END"]
    BY --> BZ["END"]
    BZ --> CA["END"]
    CA --> CB["END"]
    CB --> CC["END"]
    CC --> CD["END"]
    CD --> CE["END"]
    CE --> CF["END"]
    CF --> CG["END"]
    CG --> CH["END"]
    CH --> CI["END"]
    CI --> CJ["END"]
    CJ --> CK["END"]
    CK --> CR["END"]
    CR --> CS["END"]
    CS --> CT["END"]
    CT --> CU["END"]

graph TD
    A["CLEANING TYPE SELECT :NORMAL"] --> B["ENTER"]
    B --> C["CLEANING & STOP CLEANING TYPE <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER or END"]
    D --> E["CLEANING & STOP RETRY COUNT <ent>"]
    E --> F["ENTER or END"]
    F --> G["RETRY COUNT RETRY COUNT = 3 0~3"]
    G --> H["CLEANING TYPE SELECT :NORMAL"]
    H --> I["ENTER"]
    I --> J["CLEANING & STOP CLEANING TYPE <ent>"]
    J --> K["ENTER or END"]
    K --> L["CLEANING TYPE SELECT :NORMAL SOFT HARD"]
    L --> M["ENTER"]
    M --> N["CLEANING & STOP RETRY COUNT <ent>"]
    N --> O["ENTER or END"]
    O --> P["RETRY COUNT RETRY COUNT = 3 0~3"]

graph TD
    A["From p.6-66"] --> B["FUNCTION or"]
    B --> C["NCU COND.INDICATION <ent>"]
    C --> D["ENTER"]
    D --> E["COMPLETED is [ENTER"]]
    D --> F["END"]
    F --> G["COMPLETED = [ENTER"] DETAIL = [FUNC.]]
    F --> H["END"]
    H --> I["COMPLETED = [ENTER"] DETAIL = [FUNC.]]
    H --> J["END"]
    J --> K["NCU is separated due to the ERROR."]
    K --> L["I/F error SEQUENCE ERROR\n**** ERROR 116 ****\nNCU I/F 00"]
    L --> M["The wrong point of the FPGA.\n**** ERROR 160 ****\nNCU DETECT 02"]
    M --> N["FUNCTION"]
    N --> O["COMPLETED is [ENTER"]]
    N --> P["END"]
    P --> Q["NCU works at present."]

D201515-1.00-11082006

Mimaki